*NEW* Curriculum Maps
What is a Curriculum Map?
A curriculum map identifies the standards, essential concepts, skills and assessments within each unit of study across a school year. Similar to a course syllabus, a curriculum map provides parents with an overview of a year-long curriculum. Internally, teachers use unit plans and pacing guides to support their daily implementation of curriculum and instruction.
Please note that this site is still a work in progress, and it may be missing information as we work toward its completion.
Curriculum Maps
Grades K-5
Pre-K
Kindergarten
Literacy
|
Trimester 1 |
Trimester 2 |
Trimester 3 |
|
|
LITERACY |
|
|
|
|
LITERACY (MKES only) |
|
|
ARC Core Unit 4 |
|
Literacy |
|
|
|
See the tabs below for in-depth information on each unit.
Heggerty
Kindergarten Heggerty Overview
The Heggerty Phonemic Awareness Kindergarten curriculum provides daily opportunities for students to develop phonological and phonemic awareness. Instruction progresses to the phoneme level (individual sound level) through language play activities. Each lesson is fast-paced and includes embedded instructional support & modeling, differentiated instruction, and opportunities to make phoneme-grapheme connections, matching the sounds students hear to letters in print. Phonemic awareness is a foundational skill that is necessary to become a skilled reader.
Weeks 1-12 include:
- Rhyme repetition and recognition
- Identifying initial consonants
- Blending compound words, syllables, body-coda, onset-rime, and two phonemes
- Identifying final phonemes
- Segmenting into compound words, syllables, onset-rime, and two phonemes
- Add, delete, and substitute compound words and syllables
Weeks 13-24 include:
- Rhyme production
- Identifying initial: consonant, short vowel, long vowel, digraph, and phoneme of an initial blend
- Blending three phonemes
- Isolating medial phonemes
- Segmenting words into three phonemes
- Adding, deleting, and substituting initial phonemes
Weeks 25-36 include:
- Blending four phonemes
- Isolating final phonemes
- Segmenting words into three and four phonemes
- Adding and deleting initial and final phonemes
- Substituting initial, medial, and final phonemes
ARC Core - DLBE
Bookworms
Shared Reading Modules
Kindergarten Shared Reading Modules
Skip to overview for: Module 1| Module 2 | Module 3 | Module 4
Module 1 Overview
During Dialogic Reading, students will learn story element vocabulary (setting, characters, events), familiar and unfamiliar settings, and how the setting influences characters and events. The teacher will model how to construct a retelling that includes a beginning, middle, and end. Students will discuss the relationship between the setting, characters, and events during Text Connections discussions.
Phonological Awareness instruction asks students to read and memorize poems with complex language to boost their understanding of English grammar. Students will practice phonological awareness through rhyming and syllable tasks for the first 4 weeks (Lessons 1–20). Beginning in Lesson 21, students will practice searching for the initial sounds learned during Word Study instruction.
Word Study will help students build early reading foundational skills. Students will sing and recite the entire alphabet and match letters in classmates’ names to the alphabet during the first 4 weeks (Lessons 1–20) of instruction. Beginning with Lesson 21, students will practice phonemic segmentation by orally segmenting initial sounds from words and then associating them with other words that contain the same initial sound. They will also begin handwriting instruction for one letter each day. This type of compare and contrast instruction and handwriting practice will continue throughout the year.
Word Study Assessments will begin during Lesson 25. Teachers will present picture cards from the week’s Word Study lessons, name the picture and ask the students to write the beginning sound they hear. The assessment will determine how accurately students can represent initial sounds in words.
Print Concepts instruction will help students practice crucial early literacy skills using nursery rhymes that they will read and memorize. The teacher will model finger-point reading to begin developing students’ concept of words. With teacher support, students will practice essential directional concepts such as left to right and top to bottom reading, and the return sweep.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills gained from Shared Reading and ELA to complete the Module 1 Culminating Task: Little Critter Retelling. The task will ask students to demonstrate their story elements knowledge, early foundational skills, sentence construction ability, and comprehension of the Dialogic Reading text, My Trip to the Hospital. They will identify subjects and predicates, match subjects and predicates related to story events, and “retell” the book by sequencing events with teacher support. Successful completion of the culminating task will demonstrate cross-curricular literacy knowledge acquired throughout Module 1.
Each section of Shared Reading targets an important emergent literacy goal. We have a tool for teachers to use during instruction to document student progress for individuals Kindergarten: Emergent Literacy Skills (Individual) Rubric or the whole class Kindergarten: Emergent Literacy Skills (Group) Rubric. We recommend that teachers use it once per month.
Module 2 Overview
Students will progress through three units in this module: Insects, Meeting New Friends, and Sounds in Our World. The Insects unit will help students learn about insect characteristics, how pictures contribute to the text, and the differences between informational and fantasy texts. The Meeting New Friends unit will focus on story characters and the different ways that authors depict them. The Sounds in Our World unit will support learning about how authors use onomatopoeia to represent sounds in texts and create sensory details.
Dialogic Reading instruction will continue to develop students’ language competence through engagement with texts and meaningful discussion. Students will begin to take more responsibility for retelling the text after reading. Instead of fully modeling the retelling, the teacher will provide students with sentence frames, allowing them to use their language to retell the book with support.
Phonological Awareness instruction will continue to boost students’ understanding of English grammar through reading and memorizing poems with complex language. Students will also continue working with rhyming words, segmenting and blending syllables, and searching for letters they learn during Word Study instruction. Beginning with Lesson 8, students will manipulate onsets and rimes by substituting initial sounds in rhyming words. Starting with Lesson 23, students will identify rhyming words more independently by explaining why a list of words rhymes or does not rhyme.
Word Study instruction will build foundational skills by engaging students in compare and contrast spelling instruction and handwriting practice. Students will continue to segment initial sounds from words presented orally and then associate them with other words with the same initial sound. They will also continue to focus on the letters themselves during handwriting instruction each day and assess how accurately students can represent initial sounds in words through Weekly Word Study assessments.
Print Concepts instruction will expose students to complex vocabulary and syntax through reading nursery rhymes. Students will practice directional concepts such as reading from left to right, top to bottom, and the return sweep with lessening teacher support.
Students will combine the literacy knowledge and skills they gained from Shared Reading and ELA to complete the Module 2 Culminating Task: What’s Your Opinion? In this task, students will create opinion sentences (with teacher support) based on Happy Birthday, Martin Luther King (from ELA) and Rap a Tap Tap (from Shared Reading). They will then illustrate their writing pieces to demonstrate their understanding. The task allows students to demonstrate the comprehension, letter sound, sentence construction, and genre writing skills learned in Module 2.
Each section of Shared Reading targets an important emergent literacy goal. We have a tool for teachers to use during instruction to document student progress for individuals Kindergarten: Emergent Literacy Skills (Individual) Rubric or the whole class Kindergarten: Emergent Literacy Skills (Group) Rubric. We recommend that teachers use it once per month.
Module 3 Overview
Students will progress through three units in this module: Fantasy Characters, Author Study: Ezra Jack Keats, and Life Cycles. The Fantasy Characters unit will review that story characters are the people, animals, or imaginary beings who engage in dialogue and move the action along in a story. They will learn that fantasy characters have attributes or behaviors that could not occur in reality. The Author Study: Ezra Jack Keats unit will examine how Keats portrays realistic characters through the writing and illustrations in his books. The Life Cycles unit will include nonfiction books that provide information about the life cycles of frogs, butterflies, and plants.
Dialogic Reading instruction will continue to build students’ language competence through engagement with texts and meaningful discussion. Students will retell each text using teacher-supplied sentence frames that offer structured language support through providing vocabulary and syntax.
Phonological Awareness instruction will again boost students’ understanding of English grammar through reading and memorizing poems with complex language. Students will continue working with rhyming words and syllables and searching for letters they learn during Word Study instruction. Beginning in Lesson 15, students build phonological awareness at the phoneme level by blending and segmenting the sounds in words chosen from the poem.
Word Study instruction will continue to build foundational skills by engaging students in compare and contrast spelling and handwriting tasks. In Lessons 1 through 10, students will segment initial sounds from orally presented words, associate them with words with the same initial sound, and focus on the letters themselves during handwriting instruction each day. Weekly Word Study assessments continue to assess how accurately students can represent initial sounds in words.
Beginning with Lesson 11, Word Study instruction will shift to short vowel word families. Students will compare and contrast words by sound and letter pattern. Teachers will still use header cards, but word cards will replace picture cards. The instruction follows a 5-day sequence. On the first and second days, the goal is to introduce the header cards with the focal patterns and then sort the words by sound. On the third and fourth days, the teacher uses an Elkonin box to demonstrate how to segment an orally presented word into phonemes and blend orally presented phonemes. After this oral practice, the teacher models decoding for the students and provides student practice. The fifth day includes a Word Study assessment comprised of words practiced throughout the week and two transfer words that assess students’ ability to generalize their letter sounds and patterns to new words.
The 5-day sequence for handwriting instruction will also change beginning with Lesson 11. The first day will no longer include handwriting instruction. Students will skywrite 3–5 Word Study words on the second day. They will use whiteboards to practice writing 3–5 words on the third day and then use paper to print 3–5 words on the fourth day. On the last day of instruction, students will practice handwriting by completing their Word Study Assessment.
Print Concepts instruction will continue to expose students to complex vocabulary and syntax and practice concepts of print through reading nursery rhymes. They will practice directional concepts such as reading from left to right, top to bottom, and the return sweep, working toward independence.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills gained from Shared Reading and ELA to complete the Module 3 Culminating Task: All About Plants. For this task, students must construct an informative writing piece about the plant life cycle based on information from How a Seed Grows and In a Nutshell (from ELA) and How Plants Grow (from Shared Reading). Students will demonstrate their handwriting and spelling skills by writing words to construct sentences. This task allows students to display their comprehension and their developing letter sound, sentence construction, and genre writing skills.
Each section of Shared Reading targets an important emergent literacy goal. We have a tool for teachers to use during instruction to document student progress for individuals Kindergarten: Emergent Literacy Skills (Individual) Rubric or the whole class Kindergarten: Emergent Literacy Skills (Group) Rubric. We recommend that teachers use it once per month.
Module 4 Overview
Students will progress through two units in this module: Making a Difference and Animal Sidekicks. The Making a Difference unit includes biographies and realistic fiction texts with main characters who make a difference in the world. The Animal Sidekicks unit will introduce students to sidekick characters who assist the main character in completing the action in a story and examine how the author portrays them in each unit text.
Dialogic Reading instruction will continue building students’ language competence through engagement with texts and meaningful discussion. Instruction will require students to take more responsibility for the retelling after reading by asking students to respond to guiding questions from the teacher.
Phonological Awareness instruction will again ask students to read and memorize poems with complex language to boost their understanding of complex English grammar. Students will continue working with rhyming words and syllables and searching for letters they learn during Word Study instruction. Beginning in Lesson 15, students will build phonological awareness at the phoneme level by blending and segmenting the sounds in words chosen from the poem.
Word Study activities will once again build students’ foundational skills by engaging them in compare and contrast spelling instruction and handwriting activities. They will practice sorting by sounds, to use the Say It and Move It strategy to segment and blend words, and engage in weekly Word Study Assessments.
Print Concepts instruction will continue exposing students to complex vocabulary and syntax and practice print concepts through reading and memorizing nursery rhymes. Students will practice directional concepts such as reading from left to right, top to bottom, and the return sweep independently.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout the year to complete two culminating tasks: Book of the Year and Wonderful You! The Book of the Year culminating task will ask students to plan, write, and revise a Book of the Year commercial. The Wonderful You culminating task will ask students to write a narrative about how they have grown in their literacy skills over the school year. Both tasks will ask students to consolidate literacy learning across the curriculum and demonstrate what they have learned throughout the year.
Each section of Shared Reading targets an important emergent literacy goal. We have a tool for teachers to use during instruction to document student progress for individuals Kindergarten: Emergent Literacy Skills (Individual) Rubric or the whole class Kindergarten: Emergent Literacy Skills (Group) Rubric. We recommend that teachers use it once per month.
ELA Modules
Skip to overview for: Module 1| Module 2 | Module 3 | Module 4
Kindergarten ELA Modules
Module 1 will include three units: Listening to Stories, Learning New Information, and Coping with Problems. Unit 1: Listening to Stories will introduce students to narrative elements and ask them to begin matching subjects and predicates to construct opinion sentences about module texts. Unit 2: Learning New Information will introduce students to informative text elements and ask them to construct descriptive sentences by matching subjects and predicates. Unit 3: Coping with Problems will introduce students to characters coping with problems and how solving problems relates to narrative structure. At the end of Unit 3, students will use text information and sentence construction skills to complete a culminating narrative writing task with teacher support.
The Module 1 Culminating Task: Little Critter Retelling asks students to demonstrate their knowledge of story elements, sentence construction ability, and comprehension of the Dialogic Reading text, My Trip to the Hospital. Successful completion of the culminating task will demonstrate book comprehension, knowledge of story elements, and early sentence formation skills acquired in Module 1.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Kindergarten: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Kindergarten: Little Critter Retelling Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Kindergarten: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Kindergarten: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Module 2 will include four units: Our Changing Environment, Learning About America, Funny Animal Characters, and Being Brave. Unit 1: Our Changing Environment includes informational texts that include facts and information about the ever-changing environment around us. The books and writing tasks in the unit work together to help students learn more about how authors convey information in books and how to convey information in their writing.
Unit 2: Learning About America allows students to learn about American symbols and history by reading four informational books and writing about what they have learned during genre writing lessons. The books and writing tasks in the unit help students learn more about how authors convey facts about a topic in books and how to convey and retell information in their writing.
Unit 3: Funny Animal Characters will help students learn how authors use fantasy characters to create humor and funny situations by reading fantasy texts and writing a narrative featuring a silly animal character. The books and tasks in the unit work together to help students learn about the traits and behavior of funny animal characters, how authors use those traits and behaviors to create humor in books, and how they can create humor in their writing by including funny characters.
Unit 4: Being Brave will allow students to learn how bravery is depicted in stories and demonstrated in real life. The stories and tasks in this unit help students understand the meaning of bravery, analyze the attributes of characters and people, form an opinion based on them, and write about their views with teacher support.
Note that there is a change in the writing lessons procedure beginning in this module. We ask students to start using letter sounds they learned from Word Study to spell words in their writing instead of arranging premade subjects and predicates. We provide extensive teacher modeling and scaffolded support to help students transition to independent spelling.
The Culminating Task: What’s Your Opinion? will ask students to demonstrate the literacy skills learned in Module 2 in several ways. Students will demonstrate their comprehension of the information learned about the character traits of the famous Americans in the Happy Birthday, Martin Luther King, and Rap a Tap Tap texts by creating an opinion sentence and corresponding illustration using facts learned from the books. Students will demonstrate their knowledge of the opinion genre and sentence construction by generating sentences that convey an opinion. They will demonstrate their handwriting and spelling skills by writing words to construct sentences. Completing the task will allow students to demonstrate their comprehension of Module 2 texts and their developing letter sound, sentence construction, and genre writing skills.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Kindergarten: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Kindergarten: What’s Your Opinion? Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Kindergarten: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards insert (Kindergarten: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Module 3 includes four units: Learning Together, Learning About Our Past, Our Families, and Life Cycles. Unit 1: Learning Together will include three narrative books where the characters learn about something new together and three narrative writing tasks relating to the content and structure of each book. The books and writing tasks in this unit help students to understand that stories often contain a message and sequence of events.
Unit 2: Learning About Our Past will include two texts that teach about important people and events from the past and build on what students learned by composing two writing pieces. The lessons in this unit help students understand that authors sometimes write books to teach information about the past. The Read Aloud lessons help students learn information about historical figures and events. The writing lessons help students evaluate text information using the opinion genre and generalize their knowledge of the informative writing genre to their own lives.
Unit 3: Our Families will include two realistic fiction books where the characters are family members. Students will build on what they learned in the books by constructing book reviews during writing lessons. The lessons in this unit help students understand how authors create characters and events in realistic fiction. The Read Aloud lessons allow students to meet other families and characters who experience problems and situations which may be similar to theirs. The writing lessons help students evaluate stories using the opinion genre and connect what they know with what they think about the characters and events in the text.
Unit 4: Life Cycles students will present two books that will teach about the life cycle of plants. Students will build on what they learned by composing an informative writing piece and participating in the culminating writing task. The lessons in this unit help students understand that authors write to convey information. The Read Aloud lessons help students learn information about the life cycle of plants. The writing lessons help students convey information using the informative genre. The culminating task asks students to convey content they have learned across multiple texts in their writing.
An important goal in Module 3 is for students to use more complex invented spellings. They will build on previous sentence construction lessons by constructing their own sentences with a subject and predicate. As a result, students have the opportunity to apply the literacy skills they have acquired in the first two modules independently.
The Module 3 Culminating Task: All About Plants will allow students to demonstrate their comprehension of the information learned from unit texts by composing an informational text about the plant life cycle. Students will demonstrate their knowledge of the informative writing genre by constructing a writing piece that includes a topic sentence and a sentence that conveys a fact about the topic. They will show their understanding of sentence construction by creating sentences that include subjects and predicates and demonstrate their handwriting and spelling skills by writing words to construct sentences. In sum, the culminating task will allow students to demonstrate their knowledge of Module 3 texts and their developing letter sound, sentence construction, and genre writing skills.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Kindergarten: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Kindergarten: All About Plants Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Kindergarten: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards insert (Kindergarten: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Module 4 includes two Units: Describing Our World and Wonderful You! Unit 1: Describing Our World includes three books about our environment. The unit lessons help students understand that authors and illustrators write informational pieces to describe things they see in the world around them. The Read Aloud lessons help students learn information about animals, water, and clouds. The writing lessons help students demonstrate their understanding of content by writing in the informative and opinion genres.
In Unit 2: Wonderful You, students will read five books that will help them think about all of their wonderful traits and all of the wonderful things they could do in the future. The lessons in this unit help students learn that authors and illustrators design books that can help them learn important lessons about themselves. The Read Aloud lessons help students learn about informational and narrative text structures and character traits. The writing lessons help students demonstrate their understanding of content by writing in the narrative, informative, and opinion genres. Students work on adding details to each sentence and using a checklist for editing and revision. They are encouraged to create longer writing pieces with two to three sentences over multiple days. They will begin engaging in the writing process with teacher and peer support by using the Sentence Checklist to improve their writing pieces.
Module 4 will include two culminating tasks: Book of the Year and Wonderful You. Both tasks are designed to help students apply the literacy knowledge and skills learned throughout the year. Culminating Task 1: Book of the Year will ask students to plan, write, and revise a Book of the Year commercial with teacher modeling and support. Students will apply what they have learned making meaning from texts and using spelling patterns to write words and sentences. They will also demonstrate their ability to write sentences with subjects, predicates, and details in the opinion genre about their choice for Book of the Year. They will demonstrate their speaking and listening skills through presenting their commercials and responding to other students’ commercials.
Culminating Task 2: Wonderful You! is a narrative writing task that will ask students to write about how they have changed and grown over the year as readers and writers. Students will demonstrate what they learned about sentence construction, narrative writing, themselves as readers and writers, and illustrations that convey meaning in their written products. Students will have the opportunity to demonstrate their knowledge of Module 4 texts and their letter sound, sentence construction, and genre writing skills through both culminating tasks.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Kindergarten: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Kindergarten: Wonderful Me! Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Kindergarten: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards insert (Kindergarten: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
UFLI
Math
|
Trimester 1 |
Trimester 2 |
Trimester 3 |
|
MATHEMATICS |
|
|
Bridges in Mathematics Unit 6: Three-Dimensional Shapes & Numbers Beyond Ten Bridges in Mathematics Unit 7: Weight & Place Value Bridges in Mathematics Unit 8: Computing and Measuring with Frogs and Bugs |
- Bridges in Mathematics Unit 1: Numbers to Five and Ten / English | Spanish
- Bridges in Mathematics Unit 2: Numbers to Ten / English | Spanish
- Bridges in Mathematics Unit 3: Bikes & Bugs: Double, Add & Subtract / English | Spanish
- Bridges in Mathematics Unit 4: Paths to Adding, Subtracting & Measuring / English | Spanish
- Bridges in Mathematics Unit 5: Two-Dimensional Geometry / English | Spanish
- Bridges in Mathematics Unit 6: Three-Dimensional Shapes & Numbers Beyond Ten / English | Spanish
- Bridges in Mathematics Unit 7: Weight & Place Value / English | Spanish
- Bridges in Mathematics Unit 8: Computing and Measuring with Frogs and Bugs / English | Spanish
Science
|
Trimester 1 |
Trimester 2 |
Trimester 3 |
|
SCIENCE |
Unit 1: Weather and Climate/ Matter and Its Interactions |
Unit 2: Forces and Interactions: Pushes and Pulls |
Unit 3: Interdependent Relationships in Ecosystems: Animals, Plants and Their Environment |
Unit 1: Weather and Climate/ Matter and Its Interactions
In this unit, your students will study how the Sun plays the important role of warming the Earth. Understanding how the Sun warms the Earth is a foundational component as students study weather in the K-12 continuum. They will explore how to gather information to predict and prepare for severe weather. We have included two introductory “Launch” lessons that will help teachers to get students to think like scientists. These two launch lessons are warm up lessons and can be done with minimal setup. The intention of these launch lessons is to engage students in the practice of observing the natural world and start systematically recording the world around them. These lessons are not directly linked to NGSS/NYSLStandards but will develop students’ habits of mind that will be used throughout the year.
Unit 2: Forces and Interactions: Pushes and Pulls
This unit is an introduction for young scientists into the physics of pushes and pulls and how a different magnitude (strength) of force affects how objects respond to that force. These concepts are familiar to most kindergarten students because they interact with forces every day. Modulating how a child exerts a force on objects is an expectation we have for students at this age. This unit will help them attach science vocabulary to these forces and see the relationship between cause and effect when a force acts on an object. One of the ways that we can explain how forces have a relationship with the object that they impact is by the use of arrows. In physics, the term “vector” is used to model forces. A vector shows the direction and magnitude (strength) of a force. In this unit, we have students use arrows to help them visualize these mostly unseen forces. Using arrows allows us to provide them with activities to reinforce the Science and Engineering Practice of Developing and Using Models in an age appropriate way. As with most models, you want students to use arrows to explain the relationship between how much force they use on an object and the distance/direction that the object goes.
Unit 3: Interdependent Relationships in Ecosystems: Animals, Plants and Their Environment
In this unit, your students will be introduced to a critical concept in Life Science…Interdependence. Although the idea may seem quite complex for this age, students will gain a beginning understanding of how organisms on our planet (including themselves) acquire the resources they need to survive. This unit is more complex than Unit 1 or Unit 2. There are substantially more lessons, but each lesson is a bit more compact. The lessons fall roughly into three sections. We start with an exploration of what resources are and how we can conserve them. The concept of student wants and needs ties in well with social studies. They are introduced to a key idea that the things that people do to live comfortably can affect the environment and other organisms around them. The choices we make can help us reduce these impacts and help us live well but sustainably on Earth. This is followed by the core idea of what plants and other animals need to survive. Science 21 has created an anchor informational text for this unit called “Eagle, Eagle, What Do You Need?” This text is intended to be used as a whole class, close reading document. Look for the four distinct icons that relate to the resources plants and animals need to survive: air, water, and energy - represented by a circle which is a different color depending on if they are carnivores (brown), herbivores (green) or use the Sun for energy (yellow). We also include the idea of shelter - animals need protection from the elements, or other animals, perhaps a place to raise their young, and that plants may need an anchor for access to sunlight.
Social Studies
|
Trimester 1 |
Trimester 2 |
Trimester 3 |
|
SOCIAL STUDIES |
Unit 1: Getting to Know Myself and Others |
Unit 2: How Can I Be a Good Citizen? |
Unit 3: Understanding Economics and Geography |
Fall
Unit 1: Myself and Others
Enduring Understanding(s):
- Each person is unique and has special talents.
- Families may be similar and different and have similar and different responsibilities.
- A sense of community focuses on respect and caring.
Lesson 1: What Makes Me Special and Unique?
Students learn that each person is unique in many ways, everyone has special talents and no two people are exactly the same. In addition to listening to Read-Alouds, they will learn the story behind their names and create acrostic poems using the letters in their names. Then they will create an individual "I Can Do It!" book and share their books with their peers.
Lesson 2: Celebration of My Birthday
After defining what a “birthday" is, and listening to various Read-alouds about birthdays, the class creates a class birthday graph. Students then create their own "Birthday Book" and a birthday card for a family member or friend.
Lesson 3: What Does My Family Look Like?
Students learn who different members of families are. Students draw their families and label the appropriate family members. Students demonstrate their understanding of families and family members by creating a book about their family.
Lesson 4: R.E.S.P.E.C.T.
Students learn what it means to be respectful of self, others and community. Teachers may also want to use these lessons as a gateway into their own character education or problem-solving program.
Lesson 5: People Have to Get Along
Learning the difference between a tattle and “a tell,” children distinguish the difference between helping others (by telling) and getting others in trouble (by tattling). The children identify how people help each other and need each other to help by” telling”.
Lesson 6: Our Classroom Community
Students gain a sense of community that focuses on respect and caring in the classroom through listening to a Read-aloud, discussion, creating a classroom community book, and making a classroom quilt composed of photographs of the students.
Lesson 7: I Am Part of a School Community
Students will continue to further develop a sense of community by reading about school community helpers, taking a tour of the school and photographing school community helpers (teachers, nurse, custodians, cafeteria staff, principal, etc).
Winter
Unit 2 How Can I Be a Good Citizen?
Enduring Understanding(s)
- Good citizens have many responsibilities throughout life.
- Good school and community citizens make good choices that affect themselves and others.
- Good citizens respect their flag and understand its importance.
Lesson 1: Rules and Why We Follow Them
After listening to a story, the children create a list of classroom rules that they will follow throughout the year. The children also create a class book about the rules that they follow in school. Children and their parents will review the rules that were written in class and agree to follow them.
Lesson 2: Making Choices
Students will understand what a choice is, and how it affects themselves and others. They will listen to and discuss Read-alouds, react to scenarios, and create an individual writing response.
Lesson 3: Responsibility
Students are introduced to the concept of responsibility, and learn about their responsibilities as citizens of the classroom/school community, through Read-alouds and songs. As a final project the individual students will contribute to a class book.
Lesson 4: The Symbol of Our Country
Students learn to identify and develop an understanding of the American Flag and its importance.
Lesson 5: Holidays
There are many different holidays in America. Patriotic holidays are an important part of teaching children to be good citizens. They provide an understanding of what makes our country unique. Holidays included in this lesson are: Labor Day, Martin Luther King, Jr.’s Birthday, Juneteenth, and Presidents Day. Diverse cultural groups in America also celebrate distinct holidays, and so there is also a section on cultural holidays.
Lesson 6: No Animals in the Library
After clarifying the meaning of the word “rule,” students consider scenarios and decide if the action should be allowed; what the penalty should be if the rule is broken, who gets to decide if it is all right to break the rule, or if the penalties are fair. If it is not a good rule, students decide how to rewrite it.
Spring
Unit 3: Understanding Economics and Geography
Enduring Understanding(s)
- All people have needs and wants that are met by goods and services.
- All human beings have to deal with scarcity.
- People need to work together to fulfill the needs and wants of many.
- People need to respect their environment while satisfying their needs and wants.
Lesson 1: People Have Needs and Wants
Students will understand the difference between needs and wants.
Lesson 2: Goods and Services Fulfill Needs and Wants
Students will understand the difference between goods and services and how they help us fulfill our needs and wants.
Lesson 3: Tools for Our School Community Helpers
Students meet school community helpers as they walk around the school. They note the tools used by each worker and create a book of school workers.. The class will participate in interviewing selected school workers to find out information about the tools they need for their jobs.
Lesson 4: Recycling Helps Everyone
After students understand the concept of scarcity, they learn why we need to take care of the Earth and how they can begin in their own classroom. They master sorting paper and plastic into Recycling Bins.
Lesson 5: The Mitten: A Folktale About Scarcity
The Mitten by Jan Brett is a story about a little boy who loses his mitten in the snow. Some small animals find the mitten and move into it as their home. The story shows some ways in which things can go wrong when there isn’t enough to go around.
Lesson 6: Introduction to Geography
The purpose of this lesson is to provide students with tools to help them study geography and human interactions with the environment. Students will compare how the earth is shown on a globe and various types of maps. They will also explore basic vocabulary associated with map reading.
Music
COURSE TITLE: Kindergarten General Music
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Kindergarten students explore the beginning learning blocks of music. Students will develop their personal musicianship through movement activities, vocal exploration, rhythmic and melodic activities, as well as the expressive concepts in music.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
|
|
|
|
COURSE Summative Assessments: |
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
COURSE Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
Feedback Differentiation :
Scaffolding :
Preferential Seating:
Built-In Repetition:
|
Units
Melody: Singing Voice
|
UNIT TITLE: Melody: Singing Voice |
|
NYS Standards: |
|
NYS Standard: Standard 1 (Creating, Performing, and Participating in the Arts)
NYS Standard: Standard 1 (Creating, Performing, and Participating in the Arts)
NYS Standard: Standard 1 (Creating, Performing, and Participating in the Arts)
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
How can I use my voice to sing in a healthy way? What does it sound like when I sing with a clear and strong voice? How do I know if I’m using my voice safely when I sing? How can I make my voice sound more musical and beautiful? What are the different ways I can use my voice? When are those voices appropriate? |
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
Introduction to Healthy Singing:
Pitch and Tone Production:
Breath Control and Support:
Expressive Singing:
Voice Exploration and Range:
|
Rhythm: Steady Beat
|
UNIT TITLE: Rhythm: Steady Beat |
|
NYS Standards: |
NYS Learning Standards for the Arts – Music (2023):
Aligned with:
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
What is a steady beat? How can we feel and show the beat with our bodies? Can we move or play instruments to the beat in different kinds of music? Why is a steady beat important in music? How does rhythm help us understand and enjoy music? |
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
Steady Beat – A constant pulse in music, like a heartbeat. Rhythm – Long and short sounds and silences that occur over a steady beat. Tempo – The speed of the beat (fast or slow). Body Percussion – Using the body to make percussive sounds (clapping, stomping, patting). Percussion Instruments – Classroom instruments that keep the beat (e.g., hand drums, rhythm sticks, tambourines, shakers). Movement Vocabulary – March, clap, pat, tap, stomp, freeze, sway, dance. |
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
Topic 1: Feeling the Steady Beat Learning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
Topic 2: Identifying and Responding to TempoLearning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
Topic 3: Playing the Beat on InstrumentsLearning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
Topic 4: Rhythm in Movement and DanceLearning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
Topic 5: Responding to and Creating Rhythm PatternsLearning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
|
Movement: Creative and Expressive
|
UNIT TITLE: Movement: Creative and Expressive |
|
NYS Standards: |
NYS Learning Standards for the Arts – Music (2023):
Aligned with:
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
How can I show music with my body? How do different kinds of music make me want to move? What does expressive movement look like? How can we create our own movements to music? Can music tell a story through movement? |
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
Creative Movement – Using your body to move freely and show how music feels. Expressive Movement – Moving in a way that shows feelings or ideas in the music. Tempo – Speed of the music (fast/slow). Dynamics – Volume of music (loud/soft). Locomotor Movement – Movement that travels (e.g., marching, hopping, galloping). Non-Locomotor Movement – Movement that stays in one place (e.g., swaying, stretching, twisting). Freeze – Stopping all movement on cue. Form – Patterns in music (e.g., AB, call and response). Mood – How the music makes you feel (happy, calm, excited, scared). |
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
Topic 1: Exploring Movement Qualities Learning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
Topic 2: Creative Movement Games and ImprovisationLearning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
Topic 3: Movement with Form and StructureLearning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
Topic 4: Storytelling Through MovementLearning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
Topic 5: Movement in Group and Folk DancesLearning Objectives:
Sample Activities:
|
Visual Arts
Physical Education
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Elementary PE for grades Kindergarten to 2nd Grade aims to foster healthy, active lifestyles among students through a variety of activities in a supportive and cooperative setting. These activities cover essential movement areas such as body management, manipulatives, educational gymnastics, fitness, cooperative education and team sports. Each activity is tailored to students' developmental stage and ability. Our program is designed to cultivate confidence, honesty, creativity, and teamwork, supporting everyday movements and inspiring students to lead healthy lives as they develop at BCSD.
|
Units: |
Units |
Units |
Units |
Rules, Safety, Regulations, Expectations, Procedures
Skills: Team Building, Strategy, Communication, Conflict Resolution
Skills: Jumping, Landing, Speed, Control, Fleeing, Dodging
Skills: Agility, Spatial Awareness, Dodging, Fleeing. Body Control
Skills: Dribbling, Passing, Shooting, Throwing, Stepping with opposition. |
Skills: Rules, Scoring, Positions, Passing, Shooting, Stick handling
Skills: Teamwork, Communication, Fleeing, Dodging, Throwing, Catching
Skills: Step, Turn, Jump, Safety, Find Pulse
Skills: Teamwork, Hand Eye Coordination, Problem Solving
Skills: Hand Placement, Safety, Control, Dribbling |
Skills: Rolls, Cartwheels, Balance, Climbing, Jumping, Landing, Body Control
Skills: Shooting, Dribble, Passing, Defense & Offense, Strategy
Skills: Serve, Forearm Pass, Set, Rotation
Skills: Teamwork, Rolling, Target, Grip, Stepping with opposition
Skills: Kicking, Control, Passing, Teamwork |
Skills: Hand Eye Coordination, Throwing, Catching, Kicking, Strategy, Hold a Bat
Skills: Teamwork, Communication
Skills: Scoring, Teamwork, Communication, Routines
Skills: Teamwork, Hand Eye Coordination, Problem Solving. |
- NYS Standards
- Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
- Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
- Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
- Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
NYS Standards
NYS Standards:
- Demonstrates competency in a variety of motor skills and movement patterns.
- Applies knowledge of concepts, principles, strategies, and tactics related to movement and performance.
- Demonstrates the knowledge and skills to achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of physical activity and fitness.
- Exhibits responsible personal and social behavior that respects self and others.
- Recognizes the value of physical activity for overall wellness, enjoyment, challenge, and/or self-expression.
- Recognizes career opportunities and manages personal and community resources related to physical activity and fitness to achieve and maintain overall wellness.
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
Throwing:
- When is it appropriate to use an overhand or underhand throw?
- Describe the sequence used to throw various objects?
- What is opposition and why is it important?
Striking:
- How can you keep an object in motion using different body parts?
- How can you improve your accuracy when striking an object?
- What is the importance of a good follow through?
Locomotor Movements/Personal Space:
- What is personal space?
- How can you travel at different levels?
- How does your speed affect your safety?
- How do you avoid collisions when moving around others?
Cooperative Activities:
- What does cooperation look like?
- How do I cooperate with others?
- Why should I cooperate with others?
Teamwork & Sportsmanship:
- What is teamwork?
- What makes a team successful?
- How should I treat my teammates?
Body Control & Spatial Awareness:
- How can body control and spatial awareness help improve performance in physical activities?
- In what ways can movements like dodging and fleeing enhance safety and control during play?
Throwing & Catching:
- What techniques can improve accuracy and control when throwing and catching?
- How does coordination and stepping with opposition enhance effectiveness in these skills?
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
Procedures & Expectations
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will understand and follow classroom procedures, rules, and safety regulations to ensure a safe environment.
- Students will demonstrate an understanding of expectations for teamwork, fair play, and respectful interactions during PE activities.
Cooperative Games
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will engage in team-building activities, applying strategies to communicate effectively and solve conflicts.
- Students will work collaboratively, using teamwork to accomplish common goals in games and activities.
Body Control & Spatial Awareness
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will demonstrate control in movements such as jumping, landing, dodging, and fleeing in various activities.
- Students will develop spatial awareness, using agility and body control to navigate space safely and effectively during games.
Tag Games and Outdoor Games
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and follow the rules and boundaries of tag and outdoor games.
- Practice spatial awareness, dodging, and agility in a variety of tag games.
- Engage in respectful competition and display good sportsmanship.
Throwing & Catching
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice throwing and catching techniques, emphasizing proper form and stepping with opposition.
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination and accuracy in passing, dribbling, and shooting across various activities.
Soccer
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop fundamental soccer skills, including kicking, passing, and teamwork strategies.
- Students will demonstrate control in dribbling and passing the ball, applying teamwork to achieve success in small-sided games.
Floor Hockey
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will understand the rules of floor hockey, focusing on safe and respectful play will learn the proper hand placement.
- Students will develop stick handling, passing, and shooting skills to participate effectively in game situations or stations.
Jump Rope
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will learn and practice basic jump rope skills, emphasizing safety and control.
- Students will understand the importance of cardiovascular fitness, using jumping rope to monitor pulse and endurance.
Parachute Activities & Manipulatives
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will use teamwork and hand-eye coordination in parachute activities and manipulative games.
- Students will engage in problem-solving tasks, applying critical thinking to achieve group objectives in cooperative games
Striking & Stations
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop striking techniques, focusing on hand placement and control.
- Students will participate in station rotations to practice dribbling and other foundational sports skills.
Gymnastics and Body Movement Unit
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice basic gymnastics skills, such as rolls, cartwheels, and balancing, focusing on body control and coordination.
- Students will demonstrate safe movements, learning to jump and land correctly to reduce injury risk.
Basketball
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice fundamental basketball skills, including dribbling, passing, shooting, and defensive techniques.
- Students will develop offensive and defensive strategies, applying teamwork and communication in game scenarios or stations.
Volleyball
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will learn volleyball techniques to keep the ball up in the air. Students will learn the importance of a set and forearm pass.
- Students will understand the importance of teamwork and communication during stations.
Bowling
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice rolling, targeting, and stepping techniques to improve bowling accuracy.
- Students will engage in team-based bowling games, focusing on coordination and teamwork.
Diamond Sports
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination, focusing on throwing, catching, and kicking skills.
- Students will understand the rules and strategies of diamond sports, including batting techniques and field positions and running the bases.
Recreational Games and Lifelong Fitness
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will participate in recreational games that promote teamwork, communication, and social skills.
- Students will explore recreational activities that can contribute to lifelong fitness and wellness.
Field Day Preparation
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice scoring, teamwork, and communication in preparation for Field Day events.
- Students will develop routines and strategies to enhance performance in a variety of Field Day activities.
Cup Stacking and Hand-Eye Coordination
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination and problem-solving skills through cup stacking challenges.
- Students will set personal goals for speed and accuracy, focusing on individual improvement and teamwork.
Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
|
Assessments: |
|
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Physical Modifications:
Visual and Verbal Cues:
Increased Practice and Repetition:
Visual and Auditory Alternatives:
Peer Assistance and Structured Pairing:
|
Library
September/October
- Book Care and Library Procedures
- Authors and Illustrators: job of the author and illustrator
- Digital Literacy - Common Sense Media
- Hispanic Heritage Month
- Halloween and fiction/pattern books
November/December
- Parts of a Story: First, Next, Last
- Non-Fiction: animals and/or dinosaurs
- Digital Literacy Lesson - Common Sense Media
- November and December Holidays
January/February
- Non-Fiction: Penguins/Winter/Hibernation
- Valentine’s Day and 100th Day of School
- Black History Month and Lunar New Year
- Digital Literacy Lesson - Common Sense Media
March/April
- St. Patrick’s Day
- Digital Literacy Lesson - Common Sense Media
- Earth Day/Spring
- Rhyming Books - Poetry
May/June
- Favorite Folktale Characters
- Digital Literacy Lesson - Common Sense Media
- AAPI month
Grade 1
Literacy
ARC Core - DLBE
Bookworms
Shared Reading Modules
First Grade Shared Reading Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1 Overview
Students will progress through three units in this module: Playing Games, Animal Characters, and New Experiences. The Playing Games unit will include books that build students’ background knowledge about sports teams and friendly competition rules. The Animal Characters unit will help students learn that authors sometimes use animal characters to create humor in their stories. The New Experiences unit will introduce students to the main character, Little Critter, who will learn to cope with new situations. All three units will build literacy knowledge by introducing the structure of fiction, demonstrating that multiple texts can express the same theme, and using illustrations and key details to identify and describe story elements.
Word Study instruction will review and build on early spelling skills students learned in kindergarten. The first four weeks (Lessons 1–20) of instruction will review beginning sounds. The teacher will model how to represent sounds in writing through shared writing instruction. Spelling assessments will focus on students’ ability to represent beginning sounds when writing. Lesson 21 will mark the end of our initial sounds review and the beginning of short vowel pattern instruction. Students will practice using letter sounds to spell words during Dictated Sentence instruction. Weekly spelling tests will assess how well students spell words that contain short vowel patterns.
Text Engagement instruction will help students build fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension through repeated readings of beginner texts. The texts at the beginning of the module will contain a few words per page. However, as students grow in their word recognition skills, the number of words per page will increase, and the books will become longer.
Daily repeated readings of authentic texts will include a combination of echo, choral, and partner reading to support first graders’ early reading attempts. Initially, students will echo, then choral read the same text section on the first three days, and choral read and then partner read the same text section on the last two days. Lesson 31 marks the end of students echo and choral reading two pages at a time during the first three days of instruction. Instead, students echo read a section of a book, and then choral read the same section.
Whole class and partner discussions will allow students to demonstrate and solidify their knowledge from texts. Completing daily written response tasks will enable students to write about what they have learned and provide them with opportunities to practice their transcription and sentence writing skills.
The Module 1 Culminating Task: Fall Research Project will combine the knowledge and skills students have gained throughout Module 1 by asking students to write a collaborative research report based on information they learned from ELA texts. Students will demonstrate what they have learned during Shared Reading by using the transcription skills they practiced during Word Study instruction and applying what they have learned about making meaning from texts during Text Engagement instruction. Successful completion of the culminating task will allow students to use their developing writing skills to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills learned throughout Module 1.
Trimester 2
Module 2 Overview
Students will learn how authors use imaginary characters to create interest and humor in fantasy writing. Unit activities will include examining the traits of imaginary characters in each text, comparing them with other real and imaginary characters, and discussing how the character’s actions make the story more humorous or engaging.
Word Study instruction will build on the word recognition and spelling skills students learned in Module 1. Initially, instruction will focus on short vowel spelling patterns. Lesson 26 marks the beginning of initial blends and digraphs instruction.
Text Engagement instruction will continue to build fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension through the repeated reading of texts. Texts included in this unit gradually increase the number of words per page and pages per book. There is also a change in routine for reading texts beginning with Lesson 6, Danny and the Dinosaur. Instruction will begin with choral reading, and then students will reread in partners.
Whole class and partner discussions will continue to allow students to demonstrate and solidify their knowledge from texts. Completing daily written response tasks will enable students to write about what they have learned by describing characters and events, taking the perspective of characters, comparing similarities and differences between characters, retelling what they have read, and providing reasons to support opinions.
The Module 2 Culminating Task: The Best of Syd Hoff will combine the knowledge and skills students gained throughout Module 2 by asking students to write an opinion piece about their favorite Syd Hoff book. Students will demonstrate what they have learned during Shared Reading by using the transcription skills they practiced during Word Study instruction and applying what they learned from Syd Hoff texts during Text Engagement instruction. Successful completion of this task allows students to use opinion writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills acquired throughout Module 2.
Module 3 Overview
Module 3 will include two units: Telling Stories and Learning Our History. The Telling Stories unit will teach about story elements and fantasy genre characteristics. Students will practice retelling stories, making predictions, and thinking about how authors create humor in their stories during class discussions and by completing written responses. The Learning Our History unit will build knowledge about famous Americans from our nation’s history through reading biographies. Students will expand their literacy knowledge through interactions with nonfiction topics, text features, and domain-specific vocabulary.
Word Study instruction will build on word recognition and spelling skills learned in Modules 1 and 2. Lessons 1–15 will include practice with short vowels with initial blends (including affricates), and Lessons 16–30 will focus on short vowels with final digraphs and blends. Lessons 31–35 will review short vowel sounds before instruction in the VCe long vowel pattern in Lessons 36–45.
Text Engagement instruction will continue to build students’ fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension during the repeated reading of texts. However, you will notice two changes in the instructional routines for repeated readings to support students reading longer texts and more challenging genres:
- The Telling Stories unit will introduce students to longer narrative texts with sections or chapters. Students will choral read and then partner reread a book chapter on the first four instructional days, and partner read the entire book on the fifth day.
- The Learning Our History unit will include biographies with historical information and domain-specific vocabulary that may be challenging for some students. We will provide additional support for students by providing less text for daily reading and allowing two days for rereading the text.
Whole class and partner discussions will provide students the opportunity to demonstrate and solidify their knowledge from texts. Written response tasks will ask students to write about texts by describing characters and events, taking the perspective of characters, comparing similarities and differences between characters and texts, retelling what they have read, and providing reasons to support opinions.
The Module 3 Culminating Task: Wonderful Me! will combine students’ knowledge and skills from Shared Reading and ELA by asking students to write a narrative piece about how they have grown as readers and writers since the beginning of the year. Students will demonstrate what they have learned during Shared Reading by using the transcription skills they practiced and applying what they learned about what it means to be a good reader and writer throughout the year. Successful completion of this task will allow students to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills gained throughout Module 3.
Trimester 3
Module 4 Overview
Module 4 includes two units: Solving Mysteries and Coping with Challenges. The Solving Mysteries unit will help students learn story elements and mystery genre characteristics. Students will think about how mystery authors include clues and unexpected events to create suspense, make predictions based on clues during discussions, and demonstrate understanding of mystery elements in their written responses.
The Coping with Challenges unit will help students compare and contrast settings, characters, and events across two stories with the same main character. Students will think about how the characters face and cope with problems similar to those they face in their own lives. They will also take the perspective of characters in the book, making connections to real life in their written responses.
Word Study instruction will build on word recognition, and spelling skills learned in Modules 1, 2, and 3. Lessons 1–25 will continue VCe long vowel pattern instruction, Lessons 26–30 will teach r-controlled vowels, and Lessons 36–45 will introduce common vowel teams.
Text Engagement instruction will continue to build students’ fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension through the repeated reading of texts. Take note that the books included in this module contain more pages than in previous units. The instructional format is designed to support students’ reading of these longer chapter books. Students will choral read, and then partner reread a book chapter on the first four instructional days, and partner read the entire book on the fifth day.
Whole class and partner discussions will continue to provide students the opportunity to demonstrate and solidify their knowledge from texts. Written response tasks will enable students to write about what they have learned by describing characters and events, taking the perspective of characters, identifying similarities and differences between characters and texts, retelling what they have read, and providing reasons to support opinions.
The Module 4 Culminating Task: The Book of the Year! will ask students to choose their favorite Bookworms text from this year and write a commercial explaining why it should be “The Book of the Year.” Students will demonstrate what they learned during Shared Reading by using their transcription skills and choosing their favorite text. They will demonstrate what they learned during English Language Arts by writing opinion pieces with complete sentences. Successful completion of this task will allow students to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills they gained throughout Module 4 and the year.
ELA Modules
First Grade ELA Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1 Overview
Module 1 will include three units: Becoming a Writer, Learning and Growing, and Learning about Fall. The Becoming a Writer unit will help students learn to write complete sentences and learn the elements of descriptive and opinion sentences. The Learning and Growing unit will introduce students to characters who learn and grow in realistic fiction books, narrative elements, and opinion writing. The Learning about Fall unit will include texts that help students learn about the fall season. Students will also practice writing descriptive sentences during written responses.
The Module 1 Culminating Task: Fall Research Report will ask students to write a collaborative research report based on information they learned in the Changes in Fall unit texts. Students will learn the purpose and structure of informative writing and evaluate their informative writing piece’s quality. Successful completion of the task will allow students to demonstrate text comprehension and literacy skills learned in ELA and Shared Reading.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 1: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 1: Fall Research Report Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students Grade 1: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric and another to focus on a specific student for all standards Grade 1: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric. Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 2
Module 2 Overview
Module 2 includes two ELA units: Stories from Our Past and Making Good Decisions. Unit 1: Stories from Our Past provides information about our cultural history. The unit includes folktales and biographies about famous Americans from our past. Students will learn more about their own stories through writing book reviews and self-descriptions during writing lessons.
Unit 2: Making Good Decisions will include writing activities that help students think about making good decisions. Interactive Read Aloud books will demonstrate how people make important decisions that can change their lives and shape their future. Writing lessons will ask students to compose opinion and informative writing texts that examine how to make good decisions.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge by identifying informative and opinion writing elements and evaluating writing pieces in each genre. Students will also collaboratively engage in each stage of the writing process by planning, drafting, revising, and editing together.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they gained throughout Module 2 in Shared Reading and ELA to complete the Module 2 culminating task, The Best of Syd Hoff. The task builds on opinion writing lessons in Module 2 and the Syd Hoff books students read during Shared Reading. Students choose their favorite Syd Hoff book and persuade someone that it is his best by including information from the story. The task requires text comprehension, opinion writing, and use of planning and revising strategies.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 1: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 1: Best of Syd Hoff Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 1: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 1: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Module 3 Overview
Module 3 includes four units: Telling Our Stories, United States Symbols, Telling Stories, and Wonderful You! Unit 1: Telling Our Stories will explore realistic fiction texts and the narrative writing genre. During Interactive Read Alouds, students will learn the elements of realistic fiction, focusing on identifying the sequence of key events. Students will write personal narratives that contain a logical sequence of events during writing lessons.
Unit 2: United States Symbols will examine nonfiction texts and domain-specific vocabulary about United States history. During Interactive Read Alouds, students will discuss the historical significance of symbols of the United States and encounter domain-specific language typically found in social studies texts. Students will also learn about the structure and text features of nonfiction texts.
Unit 3: Telling Stories builds on what students learned about narrative elements and the fantasy genre from the Shared Reading Telling Stories unit. During Interactive Read Alouds, students will identify and compare the fantasy genre elements in each book. Students will use examples from unit texts to compose a writing piece about a family adventure and write a book review.
Unit 4: Wonderful You! will explore how story characters cope with problems and overcome obstacles. Students will compare and contrast how characters learn and grow throughout the unit. The unit ends with the Wonderful Me! culminating task in which students write about how they have learned and grown since the beginning of the year.
Writing instruction will allow students to demonstrate and solidify their knowledge by identifying and evaluating narrative writing elements. Students will collaboratively engage in each stage of the writing process by planning, drafting, revising, and editing together. They will also write in the opinion genre to further evaluate unit texts via a book review.
The Wonderful Me! culminating task will ask students to combine the knowledge and skills they gained from Shared Reading and ELA by writing about how they have changed and grown as readers and writers over the year. The task will build on genre knowledge acquired from analyzing event sequences in narrative texts and writing narratives in Module 3.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 1: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 1: Wonderful Me! Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 1: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 1: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 3
Module 4 Overview
Module 4 will include two units: Exploring Our World and Summing It Up. Unit 1: Exploring Our World includes books and writing lessons that explore the world around us. Students will gather information from narrative and informational texts presenting facts about the natural world. They will write informative pieces based on research from unit books and information collected from observations. In addition, students will compose an opinion piece to examine how authors present information about the world in narrative and informational texts.
Unit 2: Summing It Up will ask students to demonstrate the reading and writing skills they have learned throughout the year. Students will choose Shared Reading and ELA texts as inspiration for their writing pieces, verifying their comprehension by expressing their ideas about the content. Students will have the opportunity to demonstrate their writing skills in all three writing genres: narrative, informative, and opinion. The unit will allow students to showcase their end-of-the-school-year literacy achievement in reading and writing.
The Book of The Year culminating task will help students to choose their favorite book from Shared Reading or ELA and create a commercial to convince someone why it should be the Book of the Year. Students will demonstrate their knowledge by choosing reasons that include text evidence to persuade their readers that their favorite book should be the Book of the Year. Students have constructed book reviews and other opinion pieces that have prepared them for this task since the beginning of the year. They will apply their knowledge of the writing opinion genre and the writing process to complete this final culminating task, summing up their first-grade year!
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 1: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 1: Book of the Year Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 1: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 1: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
UFLI
Math
- Unit 1 -Numbers All Around Us, English / Spanish
- Unit 2 - Setting Foundations for Place Value & Measurement, English / Spanish
- Unit 3 - Adding, Subtracting, Counting & Comparing, English / Spanish
- Unit 4 - Leapfrogs on the Number Line, English / Spanish
- Unit 5 - Figure the Facts with Penguins, English / Spanish
- Unit 6 - Geometry, English / Spanish
Science
Unit 1: Earth Systems: Patterns and Cycles
In this unit, students will be making observations of the Sun, moon, and stars. The way we are approaching this unit may be different than how you may have approached this topic in the past. We will not be doing direct instruction about where the sun rises or sets, the names of the phases of the moon or memorizing star patterns. Instead, we want students to have firsthand experience observing these astronomical objects and “describe patterns that can be predicted” (as the performance expectation states). We are focusing on the scientific skill of observing, describing and then using those observations to predict future movement.
Unit 2: Waves: Lights and Sound
This unit is an introduction for young scientists into the physics of sound and light. One of the essential core ideas in this unit is that light behaves in predictable ways when it encounters materials that allow light to pass through, block, or redirect (reflect) it. Another core idea is that sound can make things vibrate, and vibrating things make sound. These concepts are perfect for inquiry learning because children in Grade 1 are naturally curious about the nature of light and sound. On some level, most humans are curious about the way objects make sound, reflect or block light. We build structures to protect us from sunlight (like your students learned in Kindergarten) either entirely or partially. Some closed bed trucks are constructed with a translucent roof to let light in the back of the truck without letting UV light through (which may damage the payload). Concert halls are built with unique design features that allow the sound waves to have full resonance for the listeners.
Unit 3: Structure, Function and Information Processing
This unit is an introduction for young scientists into the concept of “Structure, Function, and Information Processing.” We will be investigating five major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit to discover:
- how plants and animals vary from one generation to the next and are similar but not exactly like their parents • how animals communicate between offspring and parents to help offspring survive
- how some plants and animals have special body parts and behaviors that help them survive
- how plants and animals use unique external body parts to survive
- how engineers use certain strategies from plants and animals as inspiration to design solutions for humans
In this unit, we start to look at the fundamentals of genetics. Not at a chromosomal level (genotype), but the characteristics that are externally observable (phenotype). We will only be investigating the way that plant and animal parents differ from their offspring. We avoided the opportunity to discuss human variation because this may be a sensitive topic for some students in your classroom. Students may not be living with their two biological parents, and this differentiation may be a challenge to discuss in class. You know your students best, if you want to look at family photos to discuss how a child looks, but not exactly like their parents, please find time to do that in addition to the lessons.
Social Studies
Fall
Unit 1: Rules and Laws
Enduring Understanding(s)
- Citizens develop rules and laws to govern and protect themselves.
- Citizens know important symbols of the United States and respect them.
- Citizens understand the importance of respecting themselves, and others.
Essential Question(s)
- What kinds of things do "good" citizens do?
- Can symbols help us understand ourselves and our country?
Lesson 1: My Classroom and I: The Rules We Follow
After attempting to play an unfamiliar game with no rules and listening and discussing a story, students brainstorm class rules and develop a constitution.
Lesson 2: My School and I: The Rules We Follow
Students listen to a poem and interpret its meaning. Then students brainstorm school rules, talk about the role of the principal, and engage in a sorting activity. Many possible extensions are included: instructions for a mobile, quilt, “Rules Are Cool” game, and role play.
Lesson 3: Rights and Responsibilities
Students will be introduced to the concept of citizenship and will learn about their rights and responsibilities as a citizen of the school community.
Lesson 4: Bullying
Students learn that one aspect of being a good citizen means being kind and respectful. The discussion of read-alouds leads to role playing of bullying situations, developing of strategies to deal with that behavior, and creating an individual “Good Citizen Pledge.”
Lesson 5: Symbols All Around Us
Students will understand that a symbol is a representation, and they will identify common symbols all around us. Then they will play a Bingo Game using what they have learned.
Lesson 6: Symbols of our Country
The students will recognize several symbols that represent the United States. They will learn about our national anthem, and they will participate in saying the "Pledge of Allegiance" and understand what it means.
Winter
Unit 2: We Are Family
Enduring Understanding(s)
- Families are similar and different.
- Families grow and change over time.
- In every family, members have rules and responsibilities and help one another.
Lesson 1: My Family, Your Family
Students will reflect upon the essential question “How are families alike and different?” Through literature, discussion and activities, they will learn about different types of families and compare and contrast their own family with the families of others described in the literature and those in the class.
Lesson 2: Family Tree and Family Events
Students learn the difference between immediate and extended families and construct and share a family tree. Students will begin to learn how to construct a timeline of their own history and that of their families. The teacher can use the materials included in this unit at their discretion based on the needs of their class.
Lesson 3: Family Roles and Responsibilities
Students brainstorm jobs within a family and then hear from parental guests. After watching the teaching model completing a Venn diagram, students create their own Venn diagram about the roles and responsibilities with their families.
Lesson 4: All Families Are Different, Yet the Same
Through read-alouds, a “Celebrations Chart,” and the construction of a “Class Celebrations Book,” children will be exposed to a variety of cultural traditions. Students will recognize the similarities and differences between their own family and those of others around them or those portrayed in the books being read. They will reflect on the traditions of others as they respond to a writing prompt.
Lesson 5: Families over Time
Children will interview their family members to gain understanding of how families change over time, complete a book, “My Family Then and Now,” and respond to a writing prompt.
Unit 3: Unity in Community
Enduring Understanding(s)
- A community is a place where people live, work, learn and play.
- Citizens have certain roles and responsibilities within communities.
- Citizens must respect and communicate with other members of the community.
- A map is a drawing of real places in communities and uses symbols to represent them (schools, parks, roads, etc.).
Lesson 1: What is a Community?
After hearing a Read-aloud, students will develop a definition of “community” and create a word web. Building on the concepts of roles and responsibilities learned in Unit 1, students will recognize that their classroom is a community. The class will create a banner to illustrate the definition, and “sign it” with their handprints.
Lesson 2: Mapping Our Classroom
Students discuss the concept of a map and then read and label parts/areas of a classroom map.
Lesson 3: Our School Community
Students will demonstrate the ability to identify the roles and responsibilities of members in the school community.
Lesson 4: Members of Our School Community
Students generate a list of questions to be used when interviewing a member of the school community. Students create a Class Big Book in response to their interview of each selected School Community Helper.
Lesson 5: Build Your Own Community
This lesson is designed to tap our students’ creativity. Students work in pairs or cooperative groups to design and label a community.
Lesson 6: Places and Features in Our Community
Students identify the places in their community that provide goods and services and learn how to locate them on a map.
Lesson 7: "Who Are the People In Our Neighborhood?"
After identifying various helpers in the local community, students will choose a Community Helper and create a “Community Helper Riddle” that the rest of the class will try to solve.
Lesson 8: "We Are The World"
Students participate in a kinesthetic activity that represents their place in the world community. They then complete a “World Community Pyramid.”
Spring
Unit 4: Economics
Enduring Understanding(s)
- Needs and wants are different and must be fulfilled in order for people to live.
- Scarcity occurs when people’s needs exceed their resources.
- Community members work together to meet their needs and wants.
- Individuals and communities need to make informed decisions about how to save and budget.
Lesson 1: What Does Jack Want and Need?
After listening to a Read-aloud of Jack and the Beanstalk , students will compare and contrast Jack’s needs and wants and complete a T-chart. This approach connects economics and a folktale.
Lesson 2: Economic Scarcity and Choice
Through a choice of activities, students are shown the consequences of scarcity. Students also examine choices families have to make and their cost.
Lesson 3: Economic Scarcity
This lesson introduces the concept of scarcity as it applies to a person’s or family’s needs and wants and supply and demand.
Lesson 4: A Chair for My Mother: Why Adults Work
This lesson will explore the concept of work and how people earn money to meet their wants and needs. Through the use of the literature selection, A Chair For My Mother students will explore the world of work and the reason that adults need to work to meet their wants and needs.
Lesson 5: Working Hard For a Living
Students explore the world of jobs and earning money through interactive click and drag web based activities.
Lesson 6: Goods and Services in Our Community
As students learn about needs and wants they review how to differentiate between goods and services, and learn that goods and services are provided in their own community. They will identify workers that provide the goods and services that people in most communities want to have. Finally, they will examine how tools and technology, and other resources that can be used to meet needs and wants.
Lesson 7: The ABC's of Saving
Students identify the steps for success in saving, give examples of how saving for the future means giving up things today, set a savings goal, and develop a plan to reach it.
Physical Education
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Elementary PE for grades Kindergarten to 2nd Grade aims to foster healthy, active lifestyles among students through a variety of activities in a supportive and cooperative setting. These activities cover essential movement areas such as body management, manipulatives, educational gymnastics, fitness, cooperative education and team sports. Each activity is tailored to students' developmental stage and ability. Our program is designed to cultivate confidence, honesty, creativity, and teamwork, supporting everyday movements and inspiring students to lead healthy lives as they develop at BCSD.
|
Units: |
Units |
Units |
Units |
Rules, Safety, Regulations, Expectations, Procedures
Skills: Team Building, Strategy, Communication, Conflict Resolution
Skills: Jumping, Landing, Speed, Control, Fleeing, Dodging
Skills: Agility, Spatial Awareness, Dodging, Fleeing. Body Control
Skills: Dribbling, Passing, Shooting, Throwing, Stepping with opposition. |
Skills: Rules, Scoring, Positions, Passing, Shooting, Stick handling
Skills: Teamwork, Communication, Fleeing, Dodging, Throwing, Catching
Skills: Step, Turn, Jump, Safety, Find Pulse
Skills: Teamwork, Hand Eye Coordination, Problem Solving
Skills: Hand Placement, Safety, Control, Dribbling |
Skills: Rolls, Cartwheels, Balance, Climbing, Jumping, Landing, Body Control
Skills: Shooting, Dribble, Passing, Defense & Offense, Strategy
Skills: Serve, Forearm Pass, Set, Rotation
Skills: Teamwork, Rolling, Target, Grip, Stepping with opposition
Skills: Kicking, Control, Passing, Teamwork |
Skills: Hand Eye Coordination, Throwing, Catching, Kicking, Strategy, Hold a Bat
Skills: Teamwork, Communication
Skills: Scoring, Teamwork, Communication, Routines
Skills: Teamwork, Hand Eye Coordination, Problem Solving. |
- NYS Standards
- Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
- Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
- Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
- Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
NYS Standards
NYS Standards:
- Demonstrates competency in a variety of motor skills and movement patterns.
- Applies knowledge of concepts, principles, strategies, and tactics related to movement and performance.
- Demonstrates the knowledge and skills to achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of physical activity and fitness.
- Exhibits responsible personal and social behavior that respects self and others.
- Recognizes the value of physical activity for overall wellness, enjoyment, challenge, and/or self-expression.
- Recognizes career opportunities and manages personal and community resources related to physical activity and fitness to achieve and maintain overall wellness.
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
Throwing:
- When is it appropriate to use an overhand or underhand throw?
- Describe the sequence used to throw various objects?
- What is opposition and why is it important?
Striking:
- How can you keep an object in motion using different body parts?
- How can you improve your accuracy when striking an object?
- What is the importance of a good follow through?
Locomotor Movements/Personal Space:
- What is personal space?
- How can you travel at different levels?
- How does your speed affect your safety?
- How do you avoid collisions when moving around others?
Cooperative Activities:
- What does cooperation look like?
- How do I cooperate with others?
- Why should I cooperate with others?
Teamwork & Sportsmanship:
- What is teamwork?
- What makes a team successful?
- How should I treat my teammates?
Body Control & Spatial Awareness:
- How can body control and spatial awareness help improve performance in physical activities?
- In what ways can movements like dodging and fleeing enhance safety and control during play?
Throwing & Catching:
- What techniques can improve accuracy and control when throwing and catching?
- How does coordination and stepping with opposition enhance effectiveness in these skills?
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
Procedures & Expectations
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will understand and follow classroom procedures, rules, and safety regulations to ensure a safe environment.
- Students will demonstrate an understanding of expectations for teamwork, fair play, and respectful interactions during PE activities.
Cooperative Games
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will engage in team-building activities, applying strategies to communicate effectively and solve conflicts.
- Students will work collaboratively, using teamwork to accomplish common goals in games and activities.
Body Control & Spatial Awareness
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will demonstrate control in movements such as jumping, landing, dodging, and fleeing in various activities.
- Students will develop spatial awareness, using agility and body control to navigate space safely and effectively during games.
Tag Games and Outdoor Games
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and follow the rules and boundaries of tag and outdoor games.
- Practice spatial awareness, dodging, and agility in a variety of tag games.
- Engage in respectful competition and display good sportsmanship.
Throwing & Catching
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice throwing and catching techniques, emphasizing proper form and stepping with opposition.
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination and accuracy in passing, dribbling, and shooting across various activities.
Soccer
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop fundamental soccer skills, including kicking, passing, and teamwork strategies.
- Students will demonstrate control in dribbling and passing the ball, applying teamwork to achieve success in small-sided games.
Floor Hockey
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will understand the rules of floor hockey, focusing on safe and respectful play will learn the proper hand placement.
- Students will develop stick handling, passing, and shooting skills to participate effectively in game situations or stations.
Jump Rope
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will learn and practice basic jump rope skills, emphasizing safety and control.
- Students will understand the importance of cardiovascular fitness, using jumping rope to monitor pulse and endurance.
Parachute Activities & Manipulatives
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will use teamwork and hand-eye coordination in parachute activities and manipulative games.
- Students will engage in problem-solving tasks, applying critical thinking to achieve group objectives in cooperative games
Striking & Stations
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop striking techniques, focusing on hand placement and control.
- Students will participate in station rotations to practice dribbling and other foundational sports skills.
Gymnastics and Body Movement Unit
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice basic gymnastics skills, such as rolls, cartwheels, and balancing, focusing on body control and coordination.
- Students will demonstrate safe movements, learning to jump and land correctly to reduce injury risk.
Basketball
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice fundamental basketball skills, including dribbling, passing, shooting, and defensive techniques.
- Students will develop offensive and defensive strategies, applying teamwork and communication in game scenarios or stations.
Volleyball
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will learn volleyball techniques to keep the ball up in the air. Students will learn the importance of a set and forearm pass.
- Students will understand the importance of teamwork and communication during stations.
Bowling
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice rolling, targeting, and stepping techniques to improve bowling accuracy.
- Students will engage in team-based bowling games, focusing on coordination and teamwork.
Diamond Sports
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination, focusing on throwing, catching, and kicking skills.
- Students will understand the rules and strategies of diamond sports, including batting techniques and field positions and running the bases.
Recreational Games and Lifelong Fitness
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will participate in recreational games that promote teamwork, communication, and social skills.
- Students will explore recreational activities that can contribute to lifelong fitness and wellness.
Field Day Preparation
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice scoring, teamwork, and communication in preparation for Field Day events.
- Students will develop routines and strategies to enhance performance in a variety of Field Day activities.
Cup Stacking and Hand-Eye Coordination
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination and problem-solving skills through cup stacking challenges.
- Students will set personal goals for speed and accuracy, focusing on individual improvement and teamwork.
Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
|
Assessments: |
|
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Physical Modifications:
Visual and Verbal Cues:
Increased Practice and Repetition:
Visual and Auditory Alternatives:
Peer Assistance and Structured Pairing:
|
Music
Visual Arts
Library
September/October
- Book Care
- Fiction books: Parts of a book - spine, spine label, cover, author, illustrator, title
- Just Right Books: Introduction to fiction and easy chapter books
- Hispanic Heritage Month
- Digital Citizenship Week
- Fiction: Parts of a story - character, setting, problem, solution with Halloween, monster stories
November/December
- Fiction vs. Nonfiction: Fiction books have letters, nonfiction have numbers
- Fiction and Nonfiction books comparison: bears, turkeys
- Digital Literacy Lesson/Hour of Code
- November and December holidays
January/February
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Fiction: Parts of a story - Valentine’s Day
- Nonfiction unit and text features
- Black History Month and Lunar New Year
March/April
- Author’s Purpose - Earth Day
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Retelling the Story
- Poetry Month
- Women’s History Month
May/June
- Folktales from Around the World
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- AAPI month
Grade 2
Literacy
ARC Core - DLBE
Bookworms
Shared Reading Modules
Second Grade Shared Reading Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1 Overview
In Unit 1: New Beginnings, students will read about the different ways people might react to something new. These two texts work together to introduce fiction text structure and demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts.
In Unit 2: Friendship, students will read about the different paths that friendships might take, whether they are brand new or well established. These two texts work together to reinforce fiction text structure knowledge and demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts.
In Unit 3: Life Cycles, students will read nonfiction texts about the different ways living things grow and change on their journey from egg to adult. These lessons work together to introduce multiple informative text structures and help students learn why it is beneficial to read more than one book on the same topic. They also demonstrate the idea that the same scientific theme can be expressed across multiple texts with different topics.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing characters, settings, and events; taking the perspective of characters; comparing and contrasting characters using character traits; summarizing what they have read in each text; and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout Module 1 of both Shared Reading and ELA to complete a Culminating Task for Module 1: Frogs Research Report. In this Culminating Task, students will plan and write a collaborative research report about the life cycle of a frog. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned so far during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and from English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing.
Trimester 2
Module 2 Overview
In Unit 1: Native Americans, students will learn about the structure and organization of nonfiction texts, and about the history, culture, and modern lives of four different Native American tribes in the United States. In all four books in this unit, students will learn the structure and purpose for the table of contents in nonfiction texts, and the ways that other nonfiction text features support text content understanding: maps, labeled diagrams, images and captions, and glossaries. The lessons in this unit work together to help students understand why it is beneficial to consult multiple information sources on subtopics related to a larger overall topic.
In Unit 2: Actions and Consequences, students will reinforce their regular narrative text structure knowledge, learn about narrative mystery text structure and elements, and practice using narrative story elements to accurately retell a story. They will apply what they’ve learned by actively participating in oral whole group and partner discussion and completing daily written responses about each book. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple narrative mystery text structures, and help students understand why it is beneficial to compare texts with similar structures in order to more deeply understand each text.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail, identifying and analyzing narrative mystery text elements, identifying and using various nonfiction elements to better understand informational topics, comparing and contrasting the historical and modern lives of four different Native American tribes, using narrative text elements to retell the story, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained during Module 2 Shared Reading and throughout ELA informative writing units and lessons to complete a Culminating Task for Module 2: Native Americans Research Report. In this Culminating Task, students will plan and write a research report about one of the Native American tribes from their Shared Reading texts: the Cherokee people, the Hopi people, or the Mohawk people. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and from English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing.
Module 3 Overview
In Unit 1: Making a Difference in Our World, students will use narrative structure to support comprehension, analyze character actions and dialogue, and support their opinions about character actions and decisions with text evidence. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ narrative text structure knowledge.
In Unit 2: Changing the Game, students will learn about biography content and purpose, reinforce their nonfiction text structure and organization knowledge, and explore the impact of racism and prejudice in United States history. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ biographical text structure knowledge.
In Unit 3: Mysterious Mummies, students will reinforce their knowledge about narrative mystery text structure and organization, and nonfiction text structure. They will also learn about the ancient Egyptian mummification process, and about ways museums could plan, build, and publicize ancient historical artifact exhibits. The lessons in this unit work together to make connections between fiction and nonfiction texts on similar topics, and to demonstrate the idea that the same historical topic of study can be expressed across multiple texts.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: using topic-subtopic text structure to support their understanding of nonfiction text, using narrative text structure and author’s craft to identify clues and evidence useful for determining the solution to a mystery, summarizing what they have read in nonfiction chapters, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained during Module 3 Read Aloud texts and opinion genre writing units in Modules 1–3 to complete a Culminating task for Module 3: Opinion Writing: Making Good Choices. In this Culminating Task, students will plan and write an opinion piece stating and supporting their opinion on whether it is easy or difficult to make the choice to do what is right. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned so far during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and from English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts, understandings, and opinions in writing.
Trimester 3
Module 4 Overview
In Unit 1: Books and Culture, students will learn about China’s history and culture, use text features to gain meaning from nonfiction text, and reinforce their narrative text knowledge. In Unit 2: Myths and Culture, students will learn about ancient Greece’s history and culture, Greek mythology, and the modern Olympics, use text features to gain meaning from nonfiction text, and reinforce their narrative text knowledge.
For both Unit 1 and Unit 2, the lessons in each unit work together to help students understand how both fiction and nonfiction texts can work together to help them learn more about a topic, and help students understand why it is beneficial to know how different nonfiction text features work together with the main text to provide additional details about a topic.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: identifying and discussing narrative text structure elements, using nonfiction text features to gain additional information from the text, comparing and contrasting content related to the history, culture, and mythology/legend of two different cultures, comparing and contrasting the cultural practices of ancient vs modern times within a culture, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout the year in both Shared Reading and ELA to complete two culminating tasks for Module 4:
- To successfully complete the tasks in Opinion Writing: Book Advertisement, students will apply what they have learned about opinion text structure and writing techniques to independently plan, design, revise, and edit a book advertisement on the book that was their favorite of all the curriculum texts they have read or listened to in second grade.
- To successfully complete the tasks in Narrative Writing: Reading and Writing Identity, students will apply what they have learned about narrative text structure and elements, reflective thinking, and self-analysis to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a memoir sharing their growth as a reader and writer throughout second grade.
Successfully completing each of these culminating tasks allows students to demonstrate how well they have learned both the content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout their second grade year.
ELA Modules
Second Grade ELA Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1 Overview
In this module, students will progress through three ELA units. In Unit 1: Telling Our Stories, students will learn how to tell their own stories in writing and will continue to explore narrative structure in the writing of others. They will also use opinion writing structure to tell their opinion about a book. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce fiction text structure understanding through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
In Unit 2: Ways Our World Works, students will dip into the world of invisible forces and waves by studying magnetism and sound. They will learn that scientists devise methods to study and represent force and motion. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple informative text structures, helping students understand the benefit of consulting multiple sources to inform their understanding of a topic.
In Unit 3: Animals in the Wild, students will learn how animals and insects keep themselves safe, and how to write an informative text about an animal in the wild. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple informative text structures, and help students learn why it is beneficial to read more than one book on the same topic.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing narrative, opinion, and informative genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Collaboratively written daily written response tasks and collaboratively built text structure anchor charts enable students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing narrative and informative text structures and content, analyzing text content, summarizing the text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions. By evaluating narrative and informative genre writing examples, students learn the necessary genre components, how to differentiate one genre from another, and how to differentiate between well-written texts and texts which need improvement. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific writing elements throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout Module 1 of both Shared Reading and ELA to complete a Culminating Task for Module 1: Frogs Research Report. In this Culminating Task, students will plan and write a collaborative research report about the life cycle of a frog. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned so far during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and from English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 2: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 2: Frogs Research Report Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 2: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 2: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 2
Module 2 Overview
In this module, students will progress through four ELA units. In Unit 1: Weather, students will reinforce their narrative and fiction content and text structure knowledge, and apply what they’ve learned by writing a fantasy narrative weather report. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce nonfiction text structure knowledge through analyzing existing text, and narrative text structure knowledge through analyzing multiple narrative text structures and producing new text.
In Unit 2: Native American Legends, students will learn about the structure and content of several Native American legends, demonstrate their understanding through oral discussion and engaging in co-constructed written responses. They will apply what they have learned about nonfiction text structure and content from Shared Reading texts by writing a research report on one of the Native American tribes they read about. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of legend and folktale narrative text structures, and—through connections to Module 2 Shared Reading texts—nonfiction text structures, and help students understand why it is beneficial to consult multiple texts on similar topics and with similar text structures to learn more about their topic of choice.
In Unit 3: Our Money, Our Choices: Earning, Saving, Spending, students will strengthen their narrative and informative text structure knowledge, learn about the connections between goods and services and producers and consumers, and apply what they’ve learned about informative text structure and content by writing an informative earning/saving/spending plan. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of narrative and informative text structures and how they can use books of different genres to learn more about a topic.
In Unit 4: My Story, Your Story, students will strengthen their narrative text structure and writing techniques knowledge, reinforce their opinion writing structure knowledge, and apply what they’ve learned by writing both a personal narrative piece and a book review. The lessons in this unit work together to strengthen students’ narrative writing elements and text structure knowledge, and opinion writing element knowledge. The lessons also support students in using what they have learned about narrative text structure from existing texts when planning and writing their own narrative piece.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing narrative, opinion, and informative genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Collaboratively written daily written response tasks and collaboratively built text structure anchor charts enable students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing nonfiction text structures and content, taking the perspective of the subjects of the nonfiction texts, analyzing text content, summarizing the text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions. By evaluating informative genre writing examples, students learn the necessary components of the genre, how to differentiate one genre from another, and how to differentiate between well-written texts and texts which need improvement. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their understanding of a topic or concept.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained during Module 2 Shared Reading and throughout ELA informative writing units and lessons to complete a Culminating Task for Module 2: Native Americans Research Report. In this Culminating Task, students will plan and write a research report about one of the Native American tribes they have read about in Shared Reading: the Cherokee people, the Hopi people, or the Mohawk people. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned so far during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and from English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Grade 2: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 2: Native Americans Research Report Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 2: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 2: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Module 3 Overview
In this module, students will progress through four ELA units. In Unit 1: Breaking Barriers, students will learn about United States historical figures and their accomplishments, reinforce their nonfiction text structure and content and narrative text structure knowledge, and apply what they’ve learned by writing an opinion piece about one of the people from the texts in this unit, telling which person they would like to meet and why. The lessons in this unit work together to strengthen students’ fiction and nonfiction text structure knowledge, and to demonstrate the idea that biographical books can have a variety of text structures and ways of sharing factual information about people from history.
In Unit 2: My Story, My Feelings, students will reinforce their narrative writing structure, writing techniques, and content knowledge; and apply what they’ve learned by independently planning and writing a personal narrative piece telling a story about a time when they felt a particular way. The lessons in this unit work together to strengthen student narrative writing structure and content knowledge, and help students understand how to analyze and apply author’s craft writing techniques that produce strong, vivid, and interesting writing.
In Unit 3: Making History, students will students will learn about nonfiction text structure written in narrative format, explore how three different people from United States history responded to prejudicial treatment and how they chose to do what was right, and apply what they’ve learned by completing an opinion writing piece telling whether they think it is an easy or difficult decision to make the choice to do what is right. The lessons in this unit work together to strengthen students’ nonfiction text structure and content knowledge, and to demonstrate the idea that biographical books can have a narrative structure and still share factual information about people from history. They also help students understand why it is beneficial to consult multiple texts on similar topics, in order to more fully understand that topic.
In Unit 4: Making a Difference in Your World, students will reinforce their narrative text structure knowledge, explore character development through analyzing character behavior and thinking, and put themselves in characters’ situations as a way to more deeply understand how the character must be feeling or why they behave as they do. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ narrative text structure knowledge. They also help students think more deeply about what motivates characters’ actions, and to examine a characters’ growth and change across time.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing opinion genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Collaboratively written daily written response tasks and collaboratively built text structure anchor charts enable students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through writing suggestion messages to the historical figures they read about for what they might do when faced with unfair, unkind, or prejudicial treatment, imagining what two people who have never met might have said to each other based on what they read about them, describing what their own choices might have been if faced with the same situations the people in the book faced, and writing questions they would like to ask the author. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their understanding of a topic or concept.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained during Module 3 Read Aloud texts and opinion genre writing units in Modules 1–3 to complete a Culminating task for Module 3: Opinion Writing: Making Good Choices. In this Culminating Task, students will plan and write an opinion piece stating and supporting their opinion on whether it is easy or difficult to make the choice to do what is right. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned so far during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and from English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts, understandings, and opinions in writing.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and Grade 2: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 2: Making Good Choices Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 2: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 2: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 3
Module 4 Overview
In this module, students will progress through four ELA units. In Unit 1: For Love of Country, students will learn about United States symbols and their significance and reinforce their nonfiction and fiction text structure knowledge. They will apply what they’ve learned through active participation in oral discussion and collaborative written responses. The lessons in this unit work together to help students understand why it is beneficial to consult multiple books on similar historic/symbolic topics to learn more about that concept or topic.
In Unit 2: A Cinderella Story, students will learn about the structure and content of fairy tale and folktale texts which tell the same overall fictional story but in slightly different versions, and about the structure and organization of compare-contrast informative writing. Then they will apply what they’ve learned by planning, drafting, revising, and editing an informative compare-contrast piece about two different Cinderella stories. The lessons in this unit work together to build and strengthen students’ text analysis and compare-contrast skills, and to demonstrate the idea that the same fictional story can be expressed in different ways across multiple texts originating from different cultures or countries.
In Unit 3: Earth and Space: Moving, Growing, Changing, students will reinforce their knowledge of different forms of nonfiction text structure, learn about influential scientists past and present, and explore how the earth and plant life grow and change in cycles. Then they will apply what they’ve learned through active participation in oral discussion and collaborative written responses. The lessons in this unit work together to strengthen students’ understanding of different nonfiction text structures and demonstrate the idea that a collection of nonfiction texts can be connected to one overall theme even as each book explores a different subcategory within that theme.
In Unit 4: Look How Far I’ve Come!, students will apply what they’ve learned about opinion and narrative writing structure, content, and purpose to express and support their opinion on the qualities that make one book superior to multiple others they have read or listened to, and to thoughtfully reflect on changes in themselves as literacy learners over time. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ ability to apply opinion and narrative text structure to their own writing, and to use reflective and opinion writing techniques to express and support their thoughts, beliefs, and opinions.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing opinion and narrative genre writing tasks, co-constructing written response tasks, and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Collaboratively written daily written response tasks and collaboratively built text structure anchor charts enable students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through providing relevant reasons behind symbolic designs for national symbols such as the American flag, identifying appropriate actions to a given event, listing facts about a topic/event/item, synthesizing information to determine appropriate actions based on content, comparing and contrasting content, describing defining characteristics of a topic or item, diagramming items from text content, and describing sequential processes in writing. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their understanding of a topic or concept.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout the year in both Shared Reading and ELA to complete two culminating tasks for Module 4:
- To successfully complete the tasks in Opinion Writing: Book Advertisement, students will apply what they have learned about opinion text structure and writing techniques to independently plan, design, revise, and edit a book advertisement on the book that was their favorite of all the curriculum texts they have read or listened to in second grade.
- To successfully complete the tasks in Narrative Writing: Reading and Writing Identity, students will apply what they have learned about narrative text structure and elements, reflective thinking, and self-analysis to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a memoir sharing their growth as a reader and writer throughout second grade.
Successful completion of each of these culminating tasks allow students to demonstrate how well they have learned both the content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout their second grade year.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 2: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 2: Reading and Writing Identity Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 2: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 2: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
UFLI
Math
Trimester 1
- Unit 1 -Figure the Facts: English / Spanish
- Unit 2 - Setting Foundations for Place Value & Measurement: English / Spanish
- Unit 3 - Addition & Subtraction Within 100: English / Spanish
Trimester 2
- Unit 4 - Measurement: English / Spanish
- Unit 5 - Place Value to One Thousand: English / Spanish
- Unit 6 - Geometry: English / Spanish
Trimester 3
Science
This unit is an introduction for young scientists into the concept of “Structure and Properties of Matter.” We will be investigating four major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit to discover:
- Different kinds of matter exist, and many of them can be either solid or liquid, depending on temperature. Matter can be described and classified by its observable properties.
- Different properties are suited to different purposes.
- A great variety of objects can be built up from a small set of pieces.
- Heating or cooling a substance may cause changes that can be observed. Sometimes these changes are reversible, and sometimes they are not.
This unit is an introduction for young scientists to the concept that Earth changes. There are four major themes to this unit:
- (1) Earth changes that happen quickly or slowly;
- (2) wind and water can change the shape of Earth’s surface;
- (3) landforms and bodies of water have characteristics that make them unique to a location; and
- (4) water is solid or liquid depending on where on Earth that water is found. The students explore these concepts using the anchor text called Source Guide: “How Does the Earth Change?” This text was designed as an informational text for the core ideas in this unit. Students refer to the guide again and again as a resource to “use information from several sources to provide evidence” about the key core ideas in this unit.
This unit is an introduction for young scientists to how plants and animals survive. The essential core ideas in this unit are that:
- 1) Plants cannot grow without sunlight, water, and air.
- 2) Plants provide shelter, food, and other materials for animals. Some plants depend on animals to disperse seeds and pollination.
- 3) There are different habitats in our world and different plants and animals live in specific habitats.
Social Studies
FALL
Unit 1: Active Citizenship
Enduring Understandings
- Responsible citizens show support for their country and community by being patriotic and helping others.
- Citizens of a country have responsibilities. These include obeying laws, voting, and paying taxes.
Essential Question:
What kinds of things do "good" citizens do?
- Lesson 1: It's Right to Follow Rules
- Lesson 2: Symbols All Around the United States
- Lesson 3: It's Your Right to Vote
- Lesson 4: Holidays
Unit 2: Economics
Enduring Understandings
- The availability of resources to meet needs and wants can vary across individuals, groups, businesses, and communities.
- People make decisions to buy, sell, and use money based on their needs, wants, and the availability of resources.
- Scarcity, the price of goods and services, and choice all influence economic decisions made by individuals, businesses, and communities.
- Taxes are collected to provide communities with goods and services individuals could not afford to pay for by themselves.
- A community requires the interdependence of many people performing a variety of jobs and services to provide for needs and wants.
- e cultural elements.
Essential Question:
How do economic decisions and challenges affect people, businesses, and communities?
- Lesson 1: Needs, Wants and Budget
- Lesson 2: Rural, Urban, and Suburban Communities
- Lesson 3: Money, Banking, and Taxes
- Lesson 4: Lemonade in Winter
Winter
Unit 3: Rural, Urban, Suburban
Enduring Understandings
Rural, urban, and suburban communities have distinct characteristics but also share many similarities.
Essential Question:
Are rural, urban and suburban communities more different or similar?
- Lesson 1: What is a Community?
- Lesson 2: Rural, Urban, and Suburban Communities
- Lesson 3: Rural Communities
- Lesson 4: Urban Communities
- Lesson 5: Changes in an Urban Community
- Lesson 6: Suburban Communities
- Lesson 7: Change Comes to the Suburbs
- Lesson 8: Comparing and Contrasting Communities
Spring
Unit 4 - Geography of Communities
Enduring Understandings
- Geography influences the lifestyles of different communities.
- Maps help people understand the geography of their surroundings.
- Map skills help individuals read maps.
Essential Question:
Can geographic tools help us understand the similarities and differences of communities?
- Lesson 1: Continents and Oceans
- Lesson 2: Map Skills
- Lesson 3: Landforms and Bodies of Water
- Lesson 4: Where You Live Affects How You Live
- Lesson 5: Comparing Communities
- Lesson 6: Where Do Our Snacks Come From
Physical Education
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Elementary PE for grades Kindergarten to 2nd Grade aims to foster healthy, active lifestyles among students through a variety of activities in a supportive and cooperative setting. These activities cover essential movement areas such as body management, manipulatives, educational gymnastics, fitness, cooperative education and team sports. Each activity is tailored to students' developmental stage and ability. Our program is designed to cultivate confidence, honesty, creativity, and teamwork, supporting everyday movements and inspiring students to lead healthy lives as they develop at BCSD.
|
Units: |
Units |
Units |
Units |
Rules, Safety, Regulations, Expectations, Procedures
Skills: Team Building, Strategy, Communication, Conflict Resolution
Skills: Jumping, Landing, Speed, Control, Fleeing, Dodging
Skills: Agility, Spatial Awareness, Dodging, Fleeing. Body Control
Skills: Dribbling, Passing, Shooting, Throwing, Stepping with opposition. |
Skills: Rules, Scoring, Positions, Passing, Shooting, Stick handling
Skills: Teamwork, Communication, Fleeing, Dodging, Throwing, Catching
Skills: Step, Turn, Jump, Safety, Find Pulse
Skills: Teamwork, Hand Eye Coordination, Problem Solving
Skills: Hand Placement, Safety, Control, Dribbling |
Skills: Rolls, Cartwheels, Balance, Climbing, Jumping, Landing, Body Control
Skills: Shooting, Dribble, Passing, Defense & Offense, Strategy
Skills: Serve, Forearm Pass, Set, Rotation
Skills: Teamwork, Rolling, Target, Grip, Stepping with opposition
Skills: Kicking, Control, Passing, Teamwork |
Skills: Hand Eye Coordination, Throwing, Catching, Kicking, Strategy, Hold a Bat
Skills: Teamwork, Communication
Skills: Scoring, Teamwork, Communication, Routines
Skills: Teamwork, Hand Eye Coordination, Problem Solving. |
- NYS Standards
- Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
- Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
- Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
- Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
NYS Standards
NYS Standards:
- Demonstrates competency in a variety of motor skills and movement patterns.
- Applies knowledge of concepts, principles, strategies, and tactics related to movement and performance.
- Demonstrates the knowledge and skills to achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of physical activity and fitness.
- Exhibits responsible personal and social behavior that respects self and others.
- Recognizes the value of physical activity for overall wellness, enjoyment, challenge, and/or self-expression.
- Recognizes career opportunities and manages personal and community resources related to physical activity and fitness to achieve and maintain overall wellness.
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
Throwing:
- When is it appropriate to use an overhand or underhand throw?
- Describe the sequence used to throw various objects?
- What is opposition and why is it important?
Striking:
- How can you keep an object in motion using different body parts?
- How can you improve your accuracy when striking an object?
- What is the importance of a good follow through?
Locomotor Movements/Personal Space:
- What is personal space?
- How can you travel at different levels?
- How does your speed affect your safety?
- How do you avoid collisions when moving around others?
Cooperative Activities:
- What does cooperation look like?
- How do I cooperate with others?
- Why should I cooperate with others?
Teamwork & Sportsmanship:
- What is teamwork?
- What makes a team successful?
- How should I treat my teammates?
Body Control & Spatial Awareness:
- How can body control and spatial awareness help improve performance in physical activities?
- In what ways can movements like dodging and fleeing enhance safety and control during play?
Throwing & Catching:
- What techniques can improve accuracy and control when throwing and catching?
- How does coordination and stepping with opposition enhance effectiveness in these skills?
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
Procedures & Expectations
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will understand and follow classroom procedures, rules, and safety regulations to ensure a safe environment.
- Students will demonstrate an understanding of expectations for teamwork, fair play, and respectful interactions during PE activities.
Cooperative Games
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will engage in team-building activities, applying strategies to communicate effectively and solve conflicts.
- Students will work collaboratively, using teamwork to accomplish common goals in games and activities.
Body Control & Spatial Awareness
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will demonstrate control in movements such as jumping, landing, dodging, and fleeing in various activities.
- Students will develop spatial awareness, using agility and body control to navigate space safely and effectively during games.
Tag Games and Outdoor Games
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and follow the rules and boundaries of tag and outdoor games.
- Practice spatial awareness, dodging, and agility in a variety of tag games.
- Engage in respectful competition and display good sportsmanship.
Throwing & Catching
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice throwing and catching techniques, emphasizing proper form and stepping with opposition.
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination and accuracy in passing, dribbling, and shooting across various activities.
Soccer
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop fundamental soccer skills, including kicking, passing, and teamwork strategies.
- Students will demonstrate control in dribbling and passing the ball, applying teamwork to achieve success in small-sided games.
Floor Hockey
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will understand the rules of floor hockey, focusing on safe and respectful play will learn the proper hand placement.
- Students will develop stick handling, passing, and shooting skills to participate effectively in game situations or stations.
Jump Rope
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will learn and practice basic jump rope skills, emphasizing safety and control.
- Students will understand the importance of cardiovascular fitness, using jumping rope to monitor pulse and endurance.
Parachute Activities & Manipulatives
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will use teamwork and hand-eye coordination in parachute activities and manipulative games.
- Students will engage in problem-solving tasks, applying critical thinking to achieve group objectives in cooperative games
Striking & Stations
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop striking techniques, focusing on hand placement and control.
- Students will participate in station rotations to practice dribbling and other foundational sports skills.
Gymnastics and Body Movement Unit
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice basic gymnastics skills, such as rolls, cartwheels, and balancing, focusing on body control and coordination.
- Students will demonstrate safe movements, learning to jump and land correctly to reduce injury risk.
Basketball
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice fundamental basketball skills, including dribbling, passing, shooting, and defensive techniques.
- Students will develop offensive and defensive strategies, applying teamwork and communication in game scenarios or stations.
Volleyball
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will learn volleyball techniques to keep the ball up in the air. Students will learn the importance of a set and forearm pass.
- Students will understand the importance of teamwork and communication during stations.
Bowling
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice rolling, targeting, and stepping techniques to improve bowling accuracy.
- Students will engage in team-based bowling games, focusing on coordination and teamwork.
Diamond Sports
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination, focusing on throwing, catching, and kicking skills.
- Students will understand the rules and strategies of diamond sports, including batting techniques and field positions and running the bases.
Recreational Games and Lifelong Fitness
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will participate in recreational games that promote teamwork, communication, and social skills.
- Students will explore recreational activities that can contribute to lifelong fitness and wellness.
Field Day Preparation
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will practice scoring, teamwork, and communication in preparation for Field Day events.
- Students will develop routines and strategies to enhance performance in a variety of Field Day activities.
Cup Stacking and Hand-Eye Coordination
- Learning Objectives:
- Students will develop hand-eye coordination and problem-solving skills through cup stacking challenges.
- Students will set personal goals for speed and accuracy, focusing on individual improvement and teamwork.
Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
|
Assessments: |
|
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Physical Modifications:
Visual and Verbal Cues:
Increased Practice and Repetition:
Visual and Auditory Alternatives:
Peer Assistance and Structured Pairing:
|
Music
Visual Arts
Library
September/October
- Book Care
- Just Right Books for Second Grade
- Hispanic Heritage Month
- Digital Citizenship Week
- Fiction: Parts of a Story - Halloween
- Fiction: Parts of a Book - title page, publisher, spine label
November/December
- Fiction vs. Nonfiction: Fiction books have letters, nonfiction books have numbers
- Locating Books in the Library
- Nonfiction
- Digital Literacy Lesson/Hour of Code
- November and December Holidays
January/February
- Caldecott Medal
- Author’s Purpose
- Lunar New Year and President’s Day
- Black History Month: Biography
- Digital Literacy Lesson
March/April
- Intro to OPAC and Using the OPAC
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Poetry Month
- Women’s History Month
- Earth Day
May/June
- Compare and Contrast Folktales: Trickster, Fairy Tales, Myths
- AAPI Month
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Narrative Nonfiction
Grade 3
Literacy
Bookworms
Shared Reading Modules
Third Grade Shared Reading Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1
In Unit 1: Life’s Lessons, students will explore narrative structure, text connected themes, character relationships, and character growth and change over time. The lessons provide students with ample opportunities to discuss character traits and fiction narrative text structures.
Module Overview
In Unit 1: Life’s Lessons, students will explore narrative structure, text connected themes, character relationships, and character growth and change over time. The lessons provide students with ample opportunities to discuss character traits and fiction narrative text structures.
In Unit 2: Government for the People, students will explore multiple informative text structures and learn why reading more than one book on the same topic is beneficial. The unit also demonstrates the idea that multiple texts can share the same theme.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, comparing and contrasting the accomplishments of people and characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
The culminating task for Module 1: Opinion Writing: Unearthing Character Traits, combines the knowledge and skills gained throughout Module 1 Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use collaborative writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout Module 1.
Trimester 2
Module 2
In Unit 1: Geology, students will explore informative structures, text connected themes, the benefits of connected texts, and related geological topics. The lessons provide students with ample opportunities to identify and interact with nonfiction text features in order to navigate and make meaning of nonfiction texts.
Module Overview
In Unit 1: Geology, students will explore informative structures, text connected themes, the benefits of connected texts, and related geological topics. The lessons provide students with ample opportunities to identify and interact with nonfiction text features in order to navigate and make meaning of nonfiction texts.
In Unit 2: Powerful Connections, students will continue to explore narrative text structures. Two texts will work together to reinforce narrative structure and demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts. They also guide students in identifying and discussing narrative elements in both fiction and narrative nonfiction texts.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, comparing and contrasting the accomplishments of people and characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
The culminating task for Module 2: Narrative Writing: Tall Tale Alternate Ending, combines the knowledge and skills gained throughout Module 2 Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use collaborative writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout Module 2.
Module 3
Unit 1: Fight for What’s Right, students will explore biographies about famous individuals in United States’ history. Both texts in this unit are written in the structure of narrative nonfiction, allowing students to experience the lives of these historical figures in the form of stories.
Module Overview
Unit 1: Fight for What’s Right, students will explore biographies about famous individuals in United States’ history. Both texts in this unit are written in the structure of narrative nonfiction, allowing students to experience the lives of these historical figures in the form of stories.
In Unit 2: Reaching Our Goals, students will continue to explore nonfiction text structures. Two texts will work together to work together to showcase multiple nonfiction text structures, provide continued exposure to nonfiction text features, and demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts with different topics. They also provide students with opportunities to navigate the structure of biography writing, juxtapose information presented in multiple texts, and closely examine the overarching theme of injustice.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, comparing and contrasting the accomplishments of people and characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Module 3 culminating task 1: Informative Writing: Biography Research Report and Module 3 culminating task 2: Opinion Writing: Exposing Injustice, combines the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout Module 3 Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of these tasks allows students to use writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout Module 3.
Trimester 4
Module 4
In Unit 1: A Journey of Self Discovery, students will explore characters persevering to find the strength within. They will also spend time examining the underlying theme of hope that is woven throughout both texts. These two texts work together to reinforce narrative structure, fictional or nonfiction, and demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts. The lessons provide students with ample opportunities to identify and discuss narrative elements in both fiction and narrative nonfiction texts.
Module Overview
In Unit 1: A Journey of Self Discovery, students will explore characters persevering to find the strength within. They will also spend time examining the underlying theme of hope that is woven throughout both texts. These two texts work together to reinforce narrative structure, fictional or nonfiction, and demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts. The lessons provide students with ample opportunities to identify and discuss narrative elements in both fiction and narrative nonfiction texts.
In Unit 2: A Journey to the Past, students will explore a setting from a previous time period. These two texts work together to demonstrate that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts, regardless of the genre. They also reinforce the various ways that authors share nonfiction content with readers, both in informational texts and in works of historical fiction.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, comparing and contrasting the accomplishments of people and characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
The two culminating tasks for Module 4: Opinion Writing: Book Advertisement and Narrative Writing: Reading and Writing Identity, combine the knowledge and skills gained throughout Modules 1–4 Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of these two final tasks allows students to use writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout all four modules in third grade.
ELA Modules
Third Grade ELA Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1
In this module, students will progress through two ELA units. In Unit 1: Purposeful Writing, students will work through two genre-based writing tasks focusing on the narrative and informative writing structures. Students will learn that authors write for different purposes and audiences. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce fiction and nonfiction text structure understanding through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through two ELA units.
In Unit 1: Purposeful Writing, students will work through two genre-based writing tasks focusing on the narrative and informative writing structures. Students will learn that authors write for different purposes and audiences. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce fiction and nonfiction text structure understanding through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
In Unit 2: Becoming a Writer, students will explore the structure of opinion writing and learn that life experiences often impact an author’s writing as they navigate two Interactive Read-Alouds and complete the Module 1 Culminating Task. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of text structures and demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing narrative, opinion, and informative genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By evaluating narrative, informative, and opinion genre writing examples, students learn the necessary components of each genre, how to differentiate one genre from another, and how to differentiate between well-written texts and texts which need improvement. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding.
The culminating task for Module 1: Opinion Writing: Unearthing Character Traits, combines the knowledge and skills gained throughout Module 1 Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about making meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use collaborative writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills gained throughout Module 1.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 3: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 3: Unearthing Character Traits Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 3: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 3: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 2
Module 2
In this module, students will progress through two ELA units. In Unit 1: The Mysteries of Friendship, students will extend their mystery text structure knowledge by writing a narrative writing mystery piece. They will also identify and analyze content and elements of comparison and contrast within an informative text, and apply what they’ve learned about compare and contrast text structure to write about the similarities and differences between two characters in the same book. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative and informative text structure knowledge through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through two ELA units.
In Unit 1: The Mysteries of Friendship, students will extend their mystery text structure knowledge by writing a narrative writing mystery piece. They will also identify and analyze content and elements of comparison and contrast within an informative text, and apply what they’ve learned about compare and contrast text structure to write about the similarities and differences between two characters in the same book. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative and informative text structure knowledge through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
In Unit 2: Tracking Relationships, students will reinforce their compare/contrast and opinion writing structure knowledge, learn about autobiographic and poetic text structures, explore poetic literary techniques, and apply what they’ve learned about opinion writing and historical content to compose a persuasive writing piece. The lessons in this unit work together to strengthen students’ informative and opinion text structure knowledge and their ability to analyze text structure and content.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing narrative and opinion genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By modeling their own writing on the structure of existing texts, students learn the necessary genre components and effective techniques for writing each genre. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding. Collaboratively written daily written response tasks and collaboratively built text structure anchor charts enable students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail, analyzing and comparing varied poetic structures, comparing and contrasting text content, taking the perspective of characters, comparing and contrasting characters using character traits, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained from genre writing lessons throughout Modules 1 and 2, and from Shared Reading in Module 2, to complete a Culminating Task for Module 2: Opinion Writing: Persuasive Letter. To successfully complete this task, students will apply what they’ve learned about opinion writing structure and purpose, identifying and using text evidence to support their opinion, to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a persuasive writing piece. Successful completion of this task allows students to demonstrate how well they can use writing and text evidence to express and support their opinion on a topic, and how well they can construct a persuasive argument to try and convince their audience to agree with their opinion.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 4: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 4: Persuasive Letter Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Module 3
In this module, students will progress through one ELA unit: Finding Courage. In this unit, students will deepen their poetic text structure knowledge as they continue to explore poetic literary techniques, identify and analyze narrative survival text structure and content, reinforce their realistic fiction structure and content knowledge, and apply what they’ve learned about realistic fiction and narrative survival story structure and content to write a fictional narrative survival story.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through one ELA unit: Finding Courage. In this unit, students will deepen their poetic text structure knowledge as they continue to explore poetic literary techniques, identify and analyze narrative survival text structure and content, reinforce their realistic fiction structure and content knowledge, and apply what they’ve learned about realistic fiction and narrative survival story structure and content to write a fictional narrative survival story.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing a narrative writing task and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By modeling their own writing on the structure of existing texts, students learn the necessary components of each genre and effective techniques for writing each genre. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their understanding of a topic or concept. Collaboratively completing daily written response tasks and text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail, analyzing and comparing varied poetic structures, taking the perspective of characters to analyze story events and character behavior, summarizing what they have read, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained from Module 1 Shared Reading, Module 2 of both Shared Reading and Read Aloud, and Genre Writing in Modules 1 and 2 to complete a Culminating Task for Module 3: Narrative Writing: Survival Story. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned in the Read Aloud text Hatchet about survival story structure and content, and how to identify and use fictional narrative components in their writing piece, and apply what they have learned in Genre Based Writing in Modules 1 and 2 about how to construct a narrative text and use words and sentence structure effectively to tell a compelling story, to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a survival story. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate the content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout Modules 1 and 2.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 4: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 4: Survival Story Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 3
Module 4
In this module, students will progress through four ELA units. In Unit 1: The Power of Words, students will learn about how thoughtful word choice increases the quality of their writing and how word choice can either increase or decrease how well people understand what we’ve said and written, about how words have the power to inform, to help, or to hurt, about constructive ways to respond when words have hurt us, and about how we can effectively use words to express ourselves through telling our stories and supporting our opinions and beliefs. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ narrative and opinion text structure knowledge, and to help students understand the variety of ways words can be used to express our thoughts, opinions, and beliefs.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through four ELA units.
In Unit 1: The Power of Words, students will learn about how thoughtful word choice increases the quality of their writing and how word choice can either increase or decrease how well people understand what we’ve said and written, about how words have the power to inform, to help, or to hurt, about constructive ways to respond when words have hurt us, and about how we can effectively use words to express ourselves through telling our stories and supporting our opinions and beliefs. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ narrative and opinion text structure knowledge, and to help students understand the variety of ways words can be used to express our thoughts, opinions, and beliefs.
In Unit 2: The Power of Actions, students will continue to explore poetic literary techniques, and will learn about how words inform our actions, how our actions impact the world around us, and how we can use our words and actions to promote change for a better world. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative text structure knowledge, poetic text structure knowledge, and effective word choice, through examining how each is used in narrative and poetic texts.
In Unit 3: Understanding Our World, students will continue to explore nonfiction and narrative text structures, and learn how to more effectively use text features to deepen comprehension. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce knowledge of variations in informative and narrative text structures and text features, to help students become more aware of the benefit of exploring multiple books in different genres as they work to learn more about an overall theme.
In Unit 4: My Journey in Literacy This Year, students will learn how to apply what they’ve learned about persuasive and narrative writing structure, content, and purpose, to express and support their opinion on the qualities that make one book superior to multiple others they have read or listened to, and to thoughtfully reflect on changes in themselves as literacy learners over time. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ ability to apply opinion and narrative text structure to their own writing, and to use reflective and persuasive writing techniques to express and support their thoughts and opinions.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing an opinion and a narrative writing task, and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Collaboratively completing daily written response tasks and text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: analyzing word choice and language use in texts; synthesizing information and/or events they read to make inferences or predictions about the text or content; comparing and contrasting story types, characters, story events and text features; analyzing character’s actions and words to determine how they feel or what their motivations might be; and using text features to increase comprehension. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their understanding of a topic or concept.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout the year in both Shared Reading and ELA to complete two culminating tasks for Module 4:
- To successfully complete the tasks in Opinion Writing: Book Advertisement, students will apply what they have learned about opinion text structure and persuasive writing techniques to independently plan, design, revise, and edit a book advertisement on the book they feel is the best of all the curriculum texts they have read or listened to in fourth grade.
- To successfully complete the tasks in Narrative Writing: Reading and Writing Identity, students will apply what they have learned about narrative text structure and elements, reflective thinking, and self-analysis to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a personal narrative sharing their growth as a reader and writer throughout the fourth grade.
Successful completion of each of these culminating tasks allows students to demonstrate the content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout their fourth-grade year.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 4: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 4: Reading and Writing Identity Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module
ARC Core - DLBE
Math
Third Grade Math
Trimester 1
- Unit 1 - Addition and Subtraction Patterns: English / Spanish
- Unit 2 - Introduction to Multiplication: English / Spanish
- Unit 3 - Multi-Digit Addition and Subtraction: English / Spanish
Trimester 2
- Unit 4 - Measurement & Fractions: English / Spanish
- Unit 5 - Multiplication, Division, & Area: English / Spanish
- Unit 6 - Geometry: English / Spanish
Trimester 3
- Unit 7 - Extending Multiplication: English / Spanish
- Unit 8 - Bridge Design & Data Collection & Analysis: English / Spanish
Science
Third Grade Science
Trimester 1
Unit 1: Forces and Interactions
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Kindergarten, “Forces and Interactions: Pushes and Pulls.” We will be investigating four major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of the interactions between objects that can change motion, as well as relationships between energy and forces.
- Each force acts on one particular object and has both strength and direction. An object at rest typically has multiple forces acting on it, but they add to give zero net force on the object. Forces that do not sum to zero can cause changes in the object’s speed or direction of motion.
- The patterns of an object’s motion in various situations can be observed and measured; when that past motion exhibits a regular pattern, future motion can be predicted from it.
- Objects in contact exert forces on each other.
- Electric and magnetic forces between a pair of objects do not require that the objects be in contact. The sizes of the forces in each situation depend on the properties of the objects and their distances apart, and for forces between two magnets, on their orientation relative to each other. Their prior experience from Kindergarten will assist in predicting what will happen in various scenarios, solving new challenges and critiquing the solutions to force and motion problems. At this grade level, we build on students’ skill at identifying cause and effect to make sense of change. Additionally, we emphasize recognition of patterns and using them to make predictions.
Trimester 2
Unit 2: Interdependent Relationships in Ecosystems
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Grades K and 2, “Interdependent Relationships in Ecosystems.” We will be investigating six major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of the interactions between plants, animals and their habitats and resilience of these organisms to change:
- Some kinds of plants and animals that once lived on Earth are no longer found anywhere.
- Fossils provide evidence about the types of organisms that lived long ago and also about the nature of their environments
- For any particular environment, some kinds of organisms survive well, some survive less well, and some cannot survive at all.
- Being part of a group helps some animals obtain food, defend themselves, and survive. Groups may serve different functions and vary dramatically in size.
- Populations live in a variety of habitats, and change in those habitats affects the organisms living there.
- When the environment changes in ways that affect a place’s physical characteristics, temperature, or availability of resources, some organisms survive and reproduce, others move to new locations, yet others move into the transformed environment, and some die.
Unit 3: Weather and Climate
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Grade K, “Weather and Climate.” We will be investigating four major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of typical weather conditions expected during a particular season in a particular region of the world, and how weather is connected to water processes in Earth systems:
- Scientists record patterns of the weather across different times and areas so that they can make predictions about what kind of weather might happen next. In this way, scientists are analyzing weather data and studying global weather patterns to inform their ability to predict weather and note when historic patterns of weather (climate) are changing.
- Climate describes a range of an area’s typical weather conditions and the extent to which those conditions vary over years.
- Earth’s processes continuously cycle water, contributing to weather and climate. Specifically, the water cycle drives/ causes the weather.
- A variety of natural hazards result from natural processes. Humans cannot eliminate natural hazards but can take steps to reduce their impacts.
Trimester 3
Unit 4: Inheritance and Variation of Traits
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Grade 1, “Inheritance and Variation of Traits.” We will be investigating four major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of characteristics of organisms inherited from their parents or affected by the environment:
- Scientists develop models to describe that organisms have unique and diverse life cycles but all have in common birth, growth, reproduction, and death. Reproduction is essential to the continued existence of every kind of organism. Plants and animals have unique and diverse life cycles.
- Many characteristics of organisms are inherited from their parents. Different organisms vary in how they look and function because they have different inherited information.
- Other characteristics result from individuals’ interactions with the environment, which can range from diet to learning. Some characteristics result from the interactions of both inheritance and the effect of the environment. The environment also affects the traits that an organism develops.
- Sometimes the differences in characteristics between individuals of the same species provide advantages in surviving, finding mates, and reproducing.
Social Studies
Fall
Unit 1: Geography
Enduring Understandings
- Geographic regions have unifying characteristics and can be studied using a variety of tools.
- The location of world communities can be described using geographic tools and vocabulary.
Essential Question
What makes places similar and different?
- Lesson 1: World Maps and Globes
- Lesson 2: The Economy of the United States
- Lesson 3: Landforms
- Lesson 4: Culture and Geography
Unit 2: The United States of America
Enduring Understanding:
- Life in the United States is impacted by geography.
- The U.S.A. depends on itself and others to fulfill its needs and wants.
- The U.S.A. has a democratic form of government.
- The U.S.A. has many common and diverse cultural elements.
Essential Question:
In what ways is the United States similar to and different from other world communities?
- Lesson 1: Geography of the United States
- Lesson 2: The Economy of the United States
- Lesson 3: The Government of the United States
- Lesson 4: Culture of the United States
- Lesson 5: An American Tall Tale
Winter
Unit 3: Brazil
Enduring Understandings
- Life in Brazil is impacted by geography.
- Brazil depends on itself and others to fulfill its needs and wants.
- Brazil has a democratic form of government.
- Brazil has many common and diverse cultural elements.
Essential Question
In what ways is Brazil similar to and different from the United States of America and other world communities?
- Lesson 1: Geography of Brazil
- Lesson 2: The Economy of Brazil
- Lesson 3 - Government of Brazil
- Lesson 4 - Culture of Brazil
- Lesson 5 - Literature of Brazil
Unit 4 - Kenya
Enduring Understandings:
- Life in Kenya is impacted by geography.
- Kenya depends on itself and others to fulfill its needs and wants.
- Kenya has a democratic form of government.
- Kenya has many common and diverse cultural elements.
Essential Questions
In what ways is Kenya similar to and different from the United States of America and other world communities?
- Lesson 1 -Geography of Kenya
- Lesson 2 - Economy of Kenya
- Lesson 3 - The Government of Kenya
- Lesson 4 - Culture of Kenya
- Lesson 5 - A Kenyan Folktale
Spring
Unit 5 - China
Enduring Understanding:
- Life in China is impacted by geography.
- China depends on itself and others to fulfill its needs and wants.
- China has a communist form of government.
- China has many common and diverse cultural elements.
Essential Question:
In what ways is China similar to and different from the United States of America and other world communities?
- Lesson 1 - Geography of China
- Lesson 2 - The Economics of China
- Lesson 3 - Government of China
- Lesson 4 - Culture of China
- Lesson 5 - Literature from China
Unit 6 - Human Rights
Enduring Understandings:
- Human Rights are rights that each of us has been born with.
- The United Nations Declaration of Human Rights lists specific human rights.
- Many individuals, nations, and organizations work to protect human rights.
- We have a responsibility to protect the rights of ourselves and others.
Essential Questions
How can the actions of individuals, groups or governments improve life around the world?
- Lesson 1 - What are Human Rights?
- Lesson 2 - Human Rights are a Superpower
- Lesson 3 - Education is a Human Right
Physical Education
COURSE TITLE: Physical Education 3rd Grade to 5th Grade
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Elementary PE for grades Kindergarten to 2nd Grade aims to foster healthy, active lifestyles among students through a variety of activities in a supportive and cooperative setting. These activities cover essential movement areas such as body management, manipulatives, educational gymnastics, fitness, cooperative education and team sports. Each activity is tailored to students' developmental stage and ability. Our program is designed to cultivate confidence, honesty, creativity, and teamwork, supporting everyday movements and inspiring students to lead healthy lives as they develop at BCSD.
|
|||||||||||
- NYS Standards
- Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
- Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
- Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
- Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
NYS Standards
NYS Standards:
-
Standard 1: Demonstrates competency in a variety of motor skills and movement patterns.
-
Standard 2: Applies knowledge of concepts, principles, strategies, and tactics related to movement and performance.
-
Standard 3: Demonstrates the knowledge and skills to achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of physical activity and fitness.
-
Standard 4: Exhibits responsible personal and social behavior that respects self and others.
-
Standard 5: Recognizes the value of physical activity for overall wellness, enjoyment, challenge, and/or self-expression.
-
Standard 6: Recognizes career opportunities and manages personal and community resources related to physical activity and fitness to achieve and maintain overall wellness.
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
Procedures, Rules, Safety, Regulations, and Expectations:
- Guiding Questions:
- Why are safety procedures important in physical education activities?
- How do following rules and regulations contribute to a positive learning environment?
- Essential Questions:
- What are the expectations for behavior and safety during PE class?
- How does understanding and following procedures impact our individual and team success?
Cooperative Games:
- Guiding Questions:
- How can teamwork and communication help us succeed in cooperative games?
- What strategies can we use to solve conflicts in a positive way?
- Essential Questions:
- What skills are essential for building trust and cooperation among teammates?
- How does strategy play a role in working together effectively?
Soccer:
- Guiding Questions:
- How does teamwork improve our soccer skills and game performance?
- What is the importance of practicing dribbling, passing, and shooting?
- Essential Questions:
- How do individual soccer skills contribute to the success of the team?
- Why is communication important during a soccer game?
Flag Football:
- Guiding Questions:
- What techniques are effective for throwing, catching in flag football?
- How can we support each other to improve teamwork and skill execution?
- Essential Questions:
- How do individual skills like throwing and catching contribute to team success?
- Why is strategy important in a game like flag football?
Wellness/Fitness and Fitness Testing:
- Guiding Questions:
- What are some ways we can keep our bodies fit and healthy?
- How can we track our progress in different fitness skills, like push-ups and flexibility?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is it important to learn about heart rate and body control?
- How do fitness activities help us maintain lifelong health?
Floor Hockey:
- Guiding Questions:
- How do we control and pass the puck to our teammates?
- What are the key rules that keep us safe while playing hockey?
- Essential Questions:
- How does understanding the rules and positions help us play floor hockey effectively?
- What makes teamwork essential in a fast-paced game like hockey?
Mindfulness & Social-Emotional Learning:
- Guiding Questions:
- How can practicing mindfulness help us in PE class and beyond?
- What are some ways we can handle stress or frustration during games?
- Essential Questions:
- How does understanding our emotions help us become better teammates?
- Why is mindfulness important for our overall well-being and fitness?
Gymnastics:
- Guiding Questions:
- How do balance and body control help us perform gymnastics skills safely?
- What techniques can we use to safely complete rolls, jumps, and landings?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is body control important in gymnastics?
- How do gymnastics skills like balance and climbing contribute to overall fitness?
Basketball:
- Guiding Questions:
- What is the best way to practice dribbling, shooting, and passing?
- How do offensive and defensive strategies contribute to game success?
- Essential Questions:
- How does teamwork enhance our ability to play basketball effectively?
- What role does strategy play in basketball?
Volleyball:
- Guiding Questions:
- What is the correct form for serving and passing in volleyball?
- How can rotation and positioning improve team play?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is teamwork essential in volleyball?
- How does learning different skills and positions contribute to a successful game?
Diamond Sports (e.g., baseball, softball, kickball):
- Guiding Questions:
- What skills are needed to be successful in diamond sports?
- How does strategy affect our ability to score and play effectively?
- Essential Questions:
- Why are hand-eye coordination and timing important in sports like baseball?
- How does working together as a team make us more successful in diamond sports?
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
Procedures, Rules, Safety, and Expectations:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and apply classroom procedures and safety rules in all physical activities.
- Demonstrate respect for equipment and personal space to create a safe environment.
- Identify and follow expectations to foster teamwork and a positive class atmosphere.
Cooperative Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop teamwork, communication, and problem-solving skills through group activities.
- Practice conflict resolution strategies in team settings.
- Apply cooperative strategies to achieve group goals in games and activities.
Soccer:
- Learning Objectives:
- Demonstrate dribbling, passing, and shooting techniques in individual and team contexts.
- Understand basic soccer rules and positions to participate effectively in games.
- Work collaboratively to improve team strategy and communication on the field.
Flag Football:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop skills in throwing, catching, and punting through individual and partner practice.
- Understand the rules of flag football, including scoring and basic offense and defense.
- Use teamwork and strategy to improve game performance.
Tag Games and Outdoor Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and follow the rules and boundaries of tag and outdoor games.
- Practice spatial awareness, dodging, and agility in a variety of tag games.
- Engage in respectful competition and display good sportsmanship.
Wellness/Fitness:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand the importance of heart rate, body control, and foundational movements.
- Practice activities that build cardiovascular endurance, strength, flexibility, and coordination.
- Set and reflect on personal fitness goals to promote lifelong health habits.
Mindfulness & Social-Emotional Learning (SEL):
- Learning Objectives:
- Practice mindfulness techniques to support focus, relaxation, and stress management.
- Recognize and manage emotions to enhance social interactions and teamwork.
- Apply self-awareness and empathy to build positive relationships in PE activities.
Fitness Testing:
- Learning Objectives:
- Perform the Pacer Test, push-ups, sit-ups/planks, and flexibility exercises with proper form.
- Track and reflect on fitness progress over time to understand physical development.
- Set realistic fitness goals that are age appropriate.
Floor Hockey:
- Learning Objectives:
- Demonstrate passing, shooting, and stick-handling skills within floor hockey rules.
- Understand the roles of positions and practice scoring techniques in game play.
- Work effectively with teammates in offensive and defensive scenarios.
Handball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop passing, throwing, and teamwork skills in handball.
- Understand offensive and defensive strategies and apply them in small-sided games.
- Demonstrate respect for teammates and opponents through positive sportsmanship.
Speedball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Practice and refine passing, throwing, and catching in a game setting.
- Apply offensive and defensive strategies in speedball to encourage teamwork.
- Display responsible and respectful behavior during gameplay.
Gymnastics:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop balance, body control, and foundational movements such as rolls, cartwheels, and jumps.
- Practice safe climbing and landing techniques to build core strength and stability.
- Demonstrate personal responsibility by using equipment safely and respectfully.
Basketball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop skills in dribbling, shooting, and passing, and understand their role in basketball.
- Learn defensive and offensive strategies and apply them in game situations.
- Demonstrate teamwork and sportsmanship in a competitive setting.
Volleyball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Learn and demonstrate skills in serving, forearm passing, and setting.
- Understand the importance of rotation and teamwork in volleyball.
- Apply communication and strategy to support effective gameplay.
Bowling:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop rolling techniques and understand scoring rules in bowling.
- Practice strategy by adjusting aim and force to knock down pins effectively.
- Engage in team-based activities, emphasizing sportsmanship and supportive communication.
Diamond Sports (e.g., Baseball, Softball, Kickball):
- Learning Objectives:
- Improve hand-eye coordination through throwing, catching, and kicking exercises.
- Apply strategies that enhance offensive and defensive play.
- Demonstrate teamwork and communicate effectively in diamond sports settings.
Recreational Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Engage in various recreational games that promote teamwork, communication, and strategy.
- Practice sportsmanship and show respect for peers during informal play.
- Reflect on recreational activities as a lifelong source of physical fitness and enjoyment.
-
Field Day Practice:
- Learning Objectives:
- Work collaboratively to score points and achieve team goals in Field Day events.
- Demonstrate responsibility by following event rules and instructions.
- Reflect on the importance of teamwork, communication, and effort in a positive group environment
Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
|
Assessments: |
|
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Physical Modifications:
Visual and Verbal Cues:
Increased Practice and Repetition:
Visual and Auditory Alternatives:
Peer Assistance and Structured Pairing:
|
Music
Visual Arts
Library
September/October
- Review of Library Sections
- Destiny OPAC: call numbers in the library, how to search for books
- Digital Citizenship Week
- Hispanic Heritage Month
- Genres of Fiction
November/December
- Dewey Decimal introduction
- Fiction ABC order
- Digital Literacy Lesson/Hour of Code
- November: Native American Heritage Month
- December Holidays: main idea, parts of a story
January/February
- Black History Month
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- President’s Day
- Biography
- Introduction to Research/Databases
March/April
- Earth Day
- Poetry Month
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Research and Databases: Women’s History Month
May/June
- Fairytales and Folktales
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Genre Review
- Summer Reading: Sora
Grade 4
Literacy
Bookworms
Shared Reading Modules
Fourth Grade Shared Reading Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1 Overview
In Unit 1: Our Changing Relationships, students will explore narrative structure, character relationships, and character growth and change over time. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative text structure and fiction text knowledge.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, comparing and contrasting the accomplishments of people and characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout Module 1 of both Shared Reading and ELA to complete a Culminating Task for Module 1: Informative Writing: Natural Disasters Research Project. To successfully complete this task, students will apply what they have learned about researching a topic, informative writing, and content about natural disasters, to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a research report on a natural disaster of their choice. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate how well they have learned both content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout Module 1.
Trimester 2
Module 2 Overview
In Unit 1: Change and Conflict, students will explore narrative structure, change and conflict in character relationships, and character growth and change over time, all in the context of early colonial United States history. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative text structure knowledge, fiction and nonfiction text knowledge, and nonfiction primary source text knowledge.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, comparing and contrasting the actions of people and characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained from genre writing lessons throughout Modules 1 and 2, and from Shared Reading in Module 2, to complete a Culminating Task for Module 2: Opinion Writing: Persuasive Letter. To successfully complete this task, students will apply what they’ve learned about opinion writing structure and purpose, and how to identify and use text evidence to support their opinion, to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a persuasive writing piece. Successful completion of this task allows students to demonstrate how well they can use writing and text evidence to express and support their opinion on a topic, and how well they can construct a persuasive argument to try and convince their audience to agree with their opinion.
Module 3 Overview
In Unit 1: Looking Beneath the Surface, students will use narrative structure to support comprehension, explore character development through self-reflection and interactions with other characters, and analyze how author’s craft shapes and influences our text content understanding. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative text structure knowledge.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained from Module 1 Shared Reading, Module 2 of both Shared Reading and Read Aloud, and Genre Writing in Modules 1 and 2 to complete a Culminating Task for Module 3: Narrative Writing: Survival Story. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned in the Read Aloud text Hatchet about the structure and content of survival stories, and how to identify and use fictional narrative components in their writing piece, and apply what they have learned in Genre Based Writing in Modules 1 and 2 about how to construct a narrative text and use words and sentence structure effectively to tell a compelling story, to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a survival story. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate how well they have learned both content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout Modules 1 and 2.
Trimester 3
Module 4 Overview
In Unit 1: Understanding Each Other, students will use narrative structure to support comprehension, explore character development through self-reflection and interactions with other characters, and analyze how author’s craft shapes and influences our text content understanding. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ narrative text structure knowledge. They also help students think deeply about how self-reflection influences personal growth and about the ways that our decisions and actions can have long-term and lasting impact on ourselves and those around us.
In Unit 2: Making a Difference, students will reinforce their nonfiction text structure and organization knowledge and use that knowledge to support comprehension. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ nonfiction text structure and elements knowledge, and help students understand how to use different text features to most effectively support their text content understanding.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters and historical figures, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, making connections across stories, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout the year in both Shared Reading and ELA to complete two culminating tasks for Module 4:
-
To successfully complete the tasks in Opinion Writing: Book Advertisement, students will apply what they have learned about opinion text structure and persuasive writing techniques to independently plan, design, revise, and edit a book advertisement on the book they feel is the best of all the curriculum texts they have read or listened to in fourth grade.
-
To successfully complete the tasks in Narrative Writing: Reading and Writing Identity, students will apply what they have learned about narrative text structure and elements, reflective thinking, and self-analysis to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a personal narrative sharing their growth as a reader and writer throughout fourth grade.
Successful completion of each of these culminating tasks allow students to demonstrate how well they have learned both the content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout their fourth grade year.
ELA Modules
Fourth Grade ELA Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1
In this module, students will progress through three ELA units. In Unit 1: Writing for a Purpose, students will learn how to tell their own stories and share their own opinions in writing and will explore narrative and opinion text structure in the writing of others. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce fiction text structure knowledge through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through three ELA units.
In Unit 1: Writing for a Purpose, students will learn how to tell their own stories and share their own opinions in writing and will explore narrative and opinion text structure in the writing of others. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce fiction text structure knowledge through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
In Unit 2: Natural Disasters, students will learn about nonfiction text structure and organization, explore best practices in conducting research to learn more about a topic, and apply what they’ve learned by writing a research report about natural disasters. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple informative text structures, help students understand the benefit of consulting multiple sources to inform their understanding of a topic and demonstrate the idea that the same scientific theme can be expressed across multiple texts.
In Unit 3: Mysterious Exploration, students will learn about mystery text structure and the unsolved mystery of the vanished Roanoke colony, extend their research skills by learning how to investigate a historical event and use nonfiction text structure to write an investigative news article. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ informative text structure and primary source knowledge and introduce interviewing as a method of research.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing narrative and informative genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By evaluating narrative and informative genre writing examples, students learn the necessary components of each genre, how to differentiate one genre from another, and how to differentiate between well-written texts and texts which need improvement. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively completing text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail; taking the perspective of characters; comparing and contrasting characters using character traits; summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout both Shared Reading and ELA to complete a Culminating Task for Informative Writing: Natural Disasters Research Project. To successfully complete this task, students will apply what they have learned about researching a topic, informative writing, and content about natural disasters, to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a research report on a natural disaster of their choice. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate how well they have learned both content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 4: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 4: Natural Disasters Report Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric).
Trimester 2
Module 2
In this module, students will progress through two ELA units. In Unit 1: The Mysteries of Friendship, students will extend their mystery text structure knowledge by writing a narrative writing mystery piece. They will also identify and analyze content and elements of comparison and contrast within an informative text, and apply what they’ve learned about compare and contrast text structure to write about the similarities and differences between two characters in the same book. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative and informative text structure knowledge through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through two ELA units.
In Unit 1: The Mysteries of Friendship, students will extend their mystery text structure knowledge by writing a narrative writing mystery piece. They will also identify and analyze content and elements of comparison and contrast within an informative text, and apply what they’ve learned about compare and contrast text structure to write about the similarities and differences between two characters in the same book. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative and informative text structure knowledge through producing new text and analyzing existing text.
In Unit 2: Tracking Relationships, students will reinforce their compare/contrast and opinion writing structure knowledge, learn about autobiographic and poetic text structures, explore poetic literary techniques, and apply what they’ve learned about opinion writing and historical content to compose a persuasive writing piece. The lessons in this unit work together to strengthen students’ informative and opinion text structure knowledge and their ability to analyze text structure and content.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing narrative and opinion genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By modeling their own writing on the structure of existing texts, students learn the necessary genre components and effective techniques for writing each genre. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding. Collaboratively written daily written response tasks and collaboratively built text structure anchor charts enable students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail, analyzing and comparing varied poetic structures, comparing and contrasting text content, taking the perspective of characters, comparing and contrasting characters using character traits, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained from genre writing lessons throughout Modules 1 and 2, and from Shared Reading in Module 2, to complete a Culminating Task for Module 2: Opinion Writing: Persuasive Letter. To successfully complete this task, students will apply what they’ve learned about opinion writing structure and purpose, identifying and using text evidence to support their opinion, to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a persuasive writing piece. Successful completion of this task allows students to demonstrate how well they can use writing and text evidence to express and support their opinion on a topic, and how well they can construct a persuasive argument to try and convince their audience to agree with their opinion.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 4: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 4: Persuasive Letter Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Module 3 (continues into trimester 3)
In this module, students will progress through one ELA unit: Finding Courage. In this unit, students will deepen their poetic text structure knowledge as they continue to explore poetic literary techniques, identify and analyze narrative survival text structure and content, reinforce their realistic fiction structure and content knowledge, and apply what they’ve learned about realistic fiction and narrative survival story structure and content to write a fictional narrative survival story.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through one ELA unit: Finding Courage. In this unit, students will deepen their poetic text structure knowledge as they continue to explore poetic literary techniques, identify and analyze narrative survival text structure and content, reinforce their realistic fiction structure and content knowledge, and apply what they’ve learned about realistic fiction and narrative survival story structure and content to write a fictional narrative survival story.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing a narrative writing task and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By modeling their own writing on the structure of existing texts, students learn the necessary components of each genre and effective techniques for writing each genre. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their understanding of a topic or concept. Collaboratively completing daily written response tasks and text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail, analyzing and comparing varied poetic structures, taking the perspective of characters to analyze story events and character behavior, summarizing what they have read, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained from Module 1 Shared Reading, Module 2 of both Shared Reading and Read Aloud, and Genre Writing in Modules 1 and 2 to complete a Culminating Task for Module 3: Narrative Writing: Survival Story. To successfully complete this task, students must apply what they have learned in the Read Aloud text Hatchet about survival story structure and content, and how to identify and use fictional narrative components in their writing piece, and apply what they have learned in Genre Based Writing in Modules 1 and 2 about how to construct a narrative text and use words and sentence structure effectively to tell a compelling story, to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a survival story. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate the content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout Modules 1 and 2.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 4: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 4: Survival Story Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 3
Module 4
In this module, students will progress through four ELA units. In Unit 1: The Power of Words, students will learn about how thoughtful word choice increases the quality of their writing and how word choice can either increase or decrease how well people understand what we’ve said and written, about how words have the power to inform, to help, or to hurt, about constructive ways to respond when words have hurt us, and about how we can effectively use words to express ourselves through telling our stories and supporting our opinions and beliefs. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ narrative and opinion text structure knowledge, and to help students understand the variety of ways words can be used to express our thoughts, opinions, and beliefs.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through four ELA units.
In Unit 1: The Power of Words, students will learn about how thoughtful word choice increases the quality of their writing and how word choice can either increase or decrease how well people understand what we’ve said and written, about how words have the power to inform, to help, or to hurt, about constructive ways to respond when words have hurt us, and about how we can effectively use words to express ourselves through telling our stories and supporting our opinions and beliefs. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ narrative and opinion text structure knowledge, and to help students understand the variety of ways words can be used to express our thoughts, opinions, and beliefs.
In Unit 2: The Power of Actions, students will continue to explore poetic literary techniques, and will learn about how words inform our actions, how our actions impact the world around us, and how we can use our words and actions to promote change for a better world. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce narrative text structure knowledge, poetic text structure knowledge, and effective word choice, through examining how each is used in narrative and poetic texts.
In Unit 3: Understanding Our World, students will continue to explore nonfiction and narrative text structures, and learn how to more effectively use text features to deepen comprehension. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce knowledge of variations in informative and narrative text structures and text features, to help students become more aware of the benefit of exploring multiple books in different genres as they work to learn more about an overall theme.
In Unit 4: My Journey in Literacy This Year, students will learn how to apply what they’ve learned about persuasive and narrative writing structure, content, and purpose, to express and support their opinion on the qualities that make one book superior to multiple others they have read or listened to, and to thoughtfully reflect on changes in themselves as literacy learners over time. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ ability to apply opinion and narrative text structure to their own writing, and to use reflective and persuasive writing techniques to express and support their thoughts and opinions.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing an opinion and a narrative writing task, and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Collaboratively completing daily written response tasks and text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: analyzing word choice and language use in texts; synthesizing information and/or events they read to make inferences or predictions about the text or content; comparing and contrasting story types, characters, story events and text features; analyzing character’s actions and words to determine how they feel or what their motivations might be; and using text features to increase comprehension. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their understanding of a topic or concept.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout the year in both Shared Reading and ELA to complete two culminating tasks for Module 4:
-
To successfully complete the tasks in Opinion Writing: Book Advertisement, students will apply what they have learned about opinion text structure and persuasive writing techniques to independently plan, design, revise, and edit a book advertisement on the book they feel is the best of all the curriculum texts they have read or listened to in fourth grade.
-
To successfully complete the tasks in Narrative Writing: Reading and Writing Identity, students will apply what they have learned about narrative text structure and elements, reflective thinking, and self-analysis to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a personal narrative sharing their growth as a reader and writer throughout the fourth grade.
Successful completion of each of these culminating tasks allows students to demonstrate the content knowledge and literacy skills they have gained throughout their fourth-grade year.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 4: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 4: Reading and Writing Identity Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 4: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
ARC Core - DLBE
Math
Fourth Grade Math
Trimester 1
- Unit 1 - Multiplicative Thinking: English / Spanish
- Unit 2 - Multi-Digit Multiplication & Early Division: English / Spanish
- Unit 3 - Fractions & Decimals: English / Spanish
Trimester 2
- Unit 4 - Addition, Subtraction, & Measurement: English / Spanish
- Unit 5 - Geometry & Measurement: English / Spanish
- Unit 6 -Multiplication & Division, Data & Fractions: English / Spanish
Trimester 3
Science
Fourth Grade Science
Trimester 1
Unit 1 - Structure, Function, and Information Processing
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Grade 1, “Structure and Function”, “Information Processing”, and “Electromagnetic Radiation.” We will be investigating three major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of characteristics of organisms inherited from their parents or affected by the environment:
- An object can be seen when light reflected from its surface enters the eyes.
- Plants and animals have both internal and external structures that serve various functions in growth, survival, behavior, and reproduction.
- Different sense receptors are specialized for particular kinds of information, which may then be processed by the animal’s brain. Animals are able to use their perceptions and memories to guide their actions.
Trimester 2
Unit 2 - Energy
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Grade K, “Types of Interactions” and “Relationship Between Energy and Forces.” We will be investigating five major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of energy, conservation of energy and energy transfer, and relationship between energy and forces:
- A given object possesses more energy of motion when it is moving faster.
- Energy can be transferred by moving objects or by sound, light, heat, or electric currents. Energy is present whenever there are moving objects, sound, light, or heat.
- When objects collide, energy can be transferred from one object to another, thereby changing their motion. In such collisions, some energy is typically also transferred to the surrounding air; as a result, the air gets heated and sound is produced. When objects collide, the contact forces transfer so as to change the objects’ motion.
- Energy can also be transferred by electric currents, which can then be used locally to produce motion, sound, heat, or light. The currents may have been produced to begin with by transforming the energy of motion into electrical energy. The expression “produce energy” typically refers to the conversion of stored energy into a desired form for practical use.
- Energy and fuels that humans use are derived from natural sources, and their use affects the environment in multiple ways. Some resources are renewable over time, and others are not.
Unit 3 - Waves: Waves and Information
The Fourth Grade Waves unit builds on students’ three-dimensional learning acquired in the 1st grade Waves: Light and Sound unit, and is foundational for student sense-making in the Middle School: Waves and Electromagnetic Radiation unit. Although this unit marks a departure from familiar 4th grade topics, it is nonetheless exciting, engaging, and relevant to students and our lives. Unit three on waves has a strong relationship with energy, which students explored in unit two. It is grade level appropriate since it uses multiple types of models to begin to develop student understanding of abstract concepts: the characteristics and behavior of waves. These models include physical/ hands-on models using manipulatives, as well as analogies and pictorial representations of concepts.
Trimester 3
Unit 4 - Earth Systems: Processes that Shape the Earth
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Grade 2, “The History of Planet Earth”, “Earth Materials and Systems”, “Plate Tectonics and Large-Scale System Interactions”, and “The Roles of Water in Earth’s Surface Processes.” We will be investigating four major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of processes that shape the Earth:
- Local, regional, and global patterns of rock formations reveal changes over time due to earth forces, such as earthquakes. The presence and location of certain fossil types indicate the order in which rock layers were formed.
- Rainfall helps to shape the land and affects the types of living things found in a region. Water, ice, wind, living organisms, and gravity break rocks, soils, and sediments into smaller particles and move them around. Living things affect the physical characteristics of their regions.
- The locations of mountain ranges, deep ocean trenches, ocean floor structures, earthquakes, and volcanoes occur in patterns. Most earthquakes and volcanoes occur in bands that are often along the boundaries between continents and oceans. Major mountain chains form inside continents or near their edges. Maps can help locate the different land and water features areas of Earth.
- A variety of hazards result from natural processes (e.g., earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions). Humans cannot eliminate the hazards but can take steps to reduce their impacts.
Social Studies
Fourth Grade Social Studies
Trimester 1
Unit 1: The Three Worlds Meet in New York State
Enduring Understandings
- New York State provided an ideal geographic setting for Native Americans, Europeans, and Africans to develop unique cultures and diverse social, political, and economic interactions.
Essential Question
- How did shifts in patterns of interaction shape people’s lives, cultures, and environments?
Lesson 1: Where in the World is New York?
Students review geographic vocabulary and learn the location of New York and its regions, landforms and important waterways as they label and work with maps of New York State and the world. Students will show understanding by gathering information from a variety of maps, developing questions, identifying relationships and drawing inferences about regions of New York State.
Lesson 2: Native Americans in NY, Then and Now
This lesson concentrates on how the environment shapes peoples’ way of life, and how a group of people express that connection through legends. The emphasized skills include: writing a reflection, scaffolding, and incorporating documents into an essay. Although New York State ELA Assessment no longer has a listening task, teachers have asked to keep this optional listening and writing activity.
Lesson 3: Comparing the Iroquois and Algonquian
Student groups will attempt to solve a major problem and share their strategies with the class. Students will then read about the political life and relationship of the Iroquois and the Algonquian and compare how the Woodland Native Americans solved problems. They will then construct a Venn diagram for homework comparing the similarities and differences of the two Woodland Native American groups.
Lesson 4: Early European Explorers
Students learn about the explorers of New York State: Hudson, Verrazano, and Champlain. They use maps, readings and video clips to access information about their reasons for exploration: their routes, the significance of their discoveries, and the first settlement of New York. Students will complete a graphic organizer and create a timeline. There is an in-depth exploration of a primary source to integrate ELA and Social Studies. This exploration can be differentiated for the class’ ability levels.
Lesson 5: The Dutch Settle in New Netherland
Students discover the social and economic changes that took place in the New World with the settlement of New Netherland. They watch sections of a video depicting these changes and then synthesize that information in a debate forum.
Lesson 6: Slavery in New York
There are several options to approach the issue of slavery in New York. Under "Activities and Procedures," read the teaching suggestions for this lesson.
Unit 2: The Impact of the Colonial and Revolutionary Period on NYS
Enduring Understandings
- Colonial attitudes about government led to a call and battle for independence from European control.
Essential Question
- How did colonial life and the American Revolution shape our society?
Lesson 1: Peter Stuyvesant’s Impact on New Netherland
Students will understand and evaluate life in New Netherland before and after Peter Stuyvesant became governor, and begin a journal from the point of view of a colonial child.
Lesson 2: Dutch Contributions, Then and Now
The students will research contributions made by the Dutch colonists and how they influence our society; then complete a shortened Document Based Essay Question.
Lesson 3: Early Colonists and Their Influence
Many of the idioms we use today have their roots in Colonial America. Students predict meanings, do research to determine origins, and discuss the use of these idioms today.
Lesson 4: English Colonial Life in New York
Stories of life in the English colonies will be compared to our life today as students read literature and write journal entries.
Lesson 5: Causes of the American Revolution
Students gain an understanding of the major events that led to the outbreak of the American Revolutionary War through research, weighing evidence, taking a position, performing a skit, and playing Revolutionary War bingo.
Lesson 6: Varying Viewpoints of the American Revolution
Students explore the differing viewpoints concerning the American Revolution, participate in a debate, adopt a position and write a paper defending it.
Lesson 7: Battles of the American Revolution in NYS
Students map the major battles in New York and analyze the significance of the Battle of Saratoga and the American victory.
Trimester 2
Unit 3: National and Local Government
Enduring Understandings
- National and New York State government share many common goals and powers but also reserve some powers of their own.
Essential Question
- How do the citizens of the New York interact with their national and state government?
Lesson 1: Our National Government
Students will briefly explore the weaknesses of the Articles of Confederation and then see how the Constitution is a plan of government. The functions and requirements of each branch will also be explored and discussed. Students will learn who our representatives are in Congress.
Lesson 2: Checks and Balances
Students learn about our system of checks and balances, using "Ben's Guide to Government for Kids" website and two School House Rock videos.
Lesson 3: New York State Government
Students read about New York State government and how a bill becomes a law in our state. Then they complete a chart documenting the process. They become acquainted with their elected state representatives. The teacher might create a state government mobile.
Lesson 4: Local Government
Students read about local government and apply what they learn to a series of written activities. Invite a local official to visit your class to talk about the governmental job he/she holds.
Lesson 5: Bill of Rights
Students read an informative text introducing the Bill of Rights. They analyze the meaning of the amendments by participating in charades, compare the national Bill of Rights to that of New York State’s Constitution, and then use their knowledge of the amendments to answer a short response question. Students write their own “Kids’ Bill of Rights.”
Lesson 6: Rights and Responsibilities
Students take a pre-assessment on citizen rights and responsibilities. After watching a video, students revise their answers from the pre-assessment due to new information. In groups, students will choose one of the citizens’ rights or responsibilities. They will create a skit illustrating a situation that violates or supports that right or responsibility. Finally, students examine our responsibilities as citizens of New York State.
Lesson 7: How to Answer a CRQ and DBQ
Students review how to answer Constructed Response Questions and Document Based Questions.
Trimester 3
Unit 4: Change Comes to New York State
A C3 Inquiry "Why Did New Yorkers Have Differing Views of American Slavery in the Mid-1800s?" has been added for this unit. It addresses slavery and abolition as required in the new New York State Social Studies Framework, and follows the C3 Model.
Enduring Understandings
- Geographic, technological, and human factors contributed to NY becoming a leading commercial center.
- Diverse groups in NY have led calls for economic equality and social justice.
- The way Americans travel and communicate have changed because of innovative New Yorkers.
Essential Question
- Can individuals make a difference in the lives of New Yorkers?
- Who were the “winners” and who were the “losers” in the Industrial Revolution?
Lesson 1: African Americans and Women in New York
At the dawn of the 19th Century African-Americans were still enslaved in New York State and women, especially married women, had few rights. Students will explore how change came for African-Americans and women in New York State. New York abolished slavery in 1827. Although many New Yorkers had business ties with the South, when the Civil war broke out New York supported the Union. New York supplied troops, established military hospitals, and used the Brooklyn Navy Yard to repair ships. Private businesses produced supplies, sundries, and items of use; they also provided comfort to the soldiers.
As an optional culminating activity (which could be done in March for Women’s History month), students can choose a woman who has made an impact on the people of New York State and can nominate this woman to the newly-created New York State Women’s Hall of Fame. The students can create a campaign poster for their nominee and present the nominee to the class. The class will then vote for their top five out of the total number of nominees, and the ten with the highest votes will be the charter members of the Hall of Fame.
Lesson 2: Westward Movement and the Erie Canal
Students discover how people traveled before the 1830s.
Lesson 3: New Technology, New Ways to Travel
Students review the location of the Erie Canal and plot the courses of packet boats, steam boats and steam locomotives across New York State.
Lesson 4: Inventors and Entrepreneurs
Students do research about the inventors and entrepreneurs that helped reform technology and influenced the growth of business, perform a question and answer interview in front of their peers, and take a quiz on inventors and inventions.
Lesson 5: Farming, Mining, Lumbering and Finance
Students will examine a land use map and primary sources, will explore a website, and will compare agricultural products in the 1800s to those of today. They will consider the economic activities associated with those resources, and the importance of New York City as a center of banking and finance. Finally, they will analyze manufacturing and industrial development in New York State and in their local community. This lesson allows for the production of student videos.
Lesson 6: An Immigrant's Journey
After reviewing personal immigrant stories, students assume the role of an immigrant and write a letter home.
Lesson 7: Industrialization: Opportunities with Problems
This lesson is based on visual images. Among the problems caused by industrialization were overcrowded tenements, long hours, and at first, low pay. Two inhumane problems, however, stand out from the rest: child labor and dangerous working conditions. Students read and analyze information about child labor and write a letter explaining the importance of child labor laws. They examine factory conditions by examining sweatshops and the Triangle Shirtwaist Fire. Workers tried to combat these conditions by forming labor unions.
Physical Education
COURSE TITLE: Physical Education 3rd Grade to 5th Grade
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Elementary PE for grades Kindergarten to 2nd Grade aims to foster healthy, active lifestyles among students through a variety of activities in a supportive and cooperative setting. These activities cover essential movement areas such as body management, manipulatives, educational gymnastics, fitness, cooperative education and team sports. Each activity is tailored to students' developmental stage and ability. Our program is designed to cultivate confidence, honesty, creativity, and teamwork, supporting everyday movements and inspiring students to lead healthy lives as they develop at BCSD.
|
|||||||||||
- NYS Standards
- Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
- Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
- Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
- Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
NYS Standards
NYS Standards:
-
Standard 1: Demonstrates competency in a variety of motor skills and movement patterns.
-
Standard 2: Applies knowledge of concepts, principles, strategies, and tactics related to movement and performance.
-
Standard 3: Demonstrates the knowledge and skills to achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of physical activity and fitness.
-
Standard 4: Exhibits responsible personal and social behavior that respects self and others.
-
Standard 5: Recognizes the value of physical activity for overall wellness, enjoyment, challenge, and/or self-expression.
-
Standard 6: Recognizes career opportunities and manages personal and community resources related to physical activity and fitness to achieve and maintain overall wellness.
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
Procedures, Rules, Safety, Regulations, and Expectations:
- Guiding Questions:
- Why are safety procedures important in physical education activities?
- How do following rules and regulations contribute to a positive learning environment?
- Essential Questions:
- What are the expectations for behavior and safety during PE class?
- How does understanding and following procedures impact our individual and team success?
Cooperative Games:
- Guiding Questions:
- How can teamwork and communication help us succeed in cooperative games?
- What strategies can we use to solve conflicts in a positive way?
- Essential Questions:
- What skills are essential for building trust and cooperation among teammates?
- How does strategy play a role in working together effectively?
Soccer:
- Guiding Questions:
- How does teamwork improve our soccer skills and game performance?
- What is the importance of practicing dribbling, passing, and shooting?
- Essential Questions:
- How do individual soccer skills contribute to the success of the team?
- Why is communication important during a soccer game?
Flag Football:
- Guiding Questions:
- What techniques are effective for throwing, catching in flag football?
- How can we support each other to improve teamwork and skill execution?
- Essential Questions:
- How do individual skills like throwing and catching contribute to team success?
- Why is strategy important in a game like flag football?
Wellness/Fitness and Fitness Testing:
- Guiding Questions:
- What are some ways we can keep our bodies fit and healthy?
- How can we track our progress in different fitness skills, like push-ups and flexibility?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is it important to learn about heart rate and body control?
- How do fitness activities help us maintain lifelong health?
Floor Hockey:
- Guiding Questions:
- How do we control and pass the puck to our teammates?
- What are the key rules that keep us safe while playing hockey?
- Essential Questions:
- How does understanding the rules and positions help us play floor hockey effectively?
- What makes teamwork essential in a fast-paced game like hockey?
Mindfulness & Social-Emotional Learning:
- Guiding Questions:
- How can practicing mindfulness help us in PE class and beyond?
- What are some ways we can handle stress or frustration during games?
- Essential Questions:
- How does understanding our emotions help us become better teammates?
- Why is mindfulness important for our overall well-being and fitness?
Gymnastics:
- Guiding Questions:
- How do balance and body control help us perform gymnastics skills safely?
- What techniques can we use to safely complete rolls, jumps, and landings?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is body control important in gymnastics?
- How do gymnastics skills like balance and climbing contribute to overall fitness?
Basketball:
- Guiding Questions:
- What is the best way to practice dribbling, shooting, and passing?
- How do offensive and defensive strategies contribute to game success?
- Essential Questions:
- How does teamwork enhance our ability to play basketball effectively?
- What role does strategy play in basketball?
Volleyball:
- Guiding Questions:
- What is the correct form for serving and passing in volleyball?
- How can rotation and positioning improve team play?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is teamwork essential in volleyball?
- How does learning different skills and positions contribute to a successful game?
Diamond Sports (e.g., baseball, softball, kickball):
- Guiding Questions:
- What skills are needed to be successful in diamond sports?
- How does strategy affect our ability to score and play effectively?
- Essential Questions:
- Why are hand-eye coordination and timing important in sports like baseball?
- How does working together as a team make us more successful in diamond sports?
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
Procedures, Rules, Safety, and Expectations:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and apply classroom procedures and safety rules in all physical activities.
- Demonstrate respect for equipment and personal space to create a safe environment.
- Identify and follow expectations to foster teamwork and a positive class atmosphere.
Cooperative Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop teamwork, communication, and problem-solving skills through group activities.
- Practice conflict resolution strategies in team settings.
- Apply cooperative strategies to achieve group goals in games and activities.
Soccer:
- Learning Objectives:
- Demonstrate dribbling, passing, and shooting techniques in individual and team contexts.
- Understand basic soccer rules and positions to participate effectively in games.
- Work collaboratively to improve team strategy and communication on the field.
Flag Football:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop skills in throwing, catching, and punting through individual and partner practice.
- Understand the rules of flag football, including scoring and basic offense and defense.
- Use teamwork and strategy to improve game performance.
Tag Games and Outdoor Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and follow the rules and boundaries of tag and outdoor games.
- Practice spatial awareness, dodging, and agility in a variety of tag games.
- Engage in respectful competition and display good sportsmanship.
Wellness/Fitness:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand the importance of heart rate, body control, and foundational movements.
- Practice activities that build cardiovascular endurance, strength, flexibility, and coordination.
- Set and reflect on personal fitness goals to promote lifelong health habits.
Mindfulness & Social-Emotional Learning (SEL):
- Learning Objectives:
- Practice mindfulness techniques to support focus, relaxation, and stress management.
- Recognize and manage emotions to enhance social interactions and teamwork.
- Apply self-awareness and empathy to build positive relationships in PE activities.
Fitness Testing:
- Learning Objectives:
- Perform the Pacer Test, push-ups, sit-ups/planks, and flexibility exercises with proper form.
- Track and reflect on fitness progress over time to understand physical development.
- Set realistic fitness goals that are age appropriate.
Floor Hockey:
- Learning Objectives:
- Demonstrate passing, shooting, and stick-handling skills within floor hockey rules.
- Understand the roles of positions and practice scoring techniques in game play.
- Work effectively with teammates in offensive and defensive scenarios.
Handball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop passing, throwing, and teamwork skills in handball.
- Understand offensive and defensive strategies and apply them in small-sided games.
- Demonstrate respect for teammates and opponents through positive sportsmanship.
Speedball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Practice and refine passing, throwing, and catching in a game setting.
- Apply offensive and defensive strategies in speedball to encourage teamwork.
- Display responsible and respectful behavior during gameplay.
Gymnastics:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop balance, body control, and foundational movements such as rolls, cartwheels, and jumps.
- Practice safe climbing and landing techniques to build core strength and stability.
- Demonstrate personal responsibility by using equipment safely and respectfully.
Basketball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop skills in dribbling, shooting, and passing, and understand their role in basketball.
- Learn defensive and offensive strategies and apply them in game situations.
- Demonstrate teamwork and sportsmanship in a competitive setting.
Volleyball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Learn and demonstrate skills in serving, forearm passing, and setting.
- Understand the importance of rotation and teamwork in volleyball.
- Apply communication and strategy to support effective gameplay.
Bowling:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop rolling techniques and understand scoring rules in bowling.
- Practice strategy by adjusting aim and force to knock down pins effectively.
- Engage in team-based activities, emphasizing sportsmanship and supportive communication.
Diamond Sports (e.g., Baseball, Softball, Kickball):
- Learning Objectives:
- Improve hand-eye coordination through throwing, catching, and kicking exercises.
- Apply strategies that enhance offensive and defensive play.
- Demonstrate teamwork and communicate effectively in diamond sports settings.
Recreational Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Engage in various recreational games that promote teamwork, communication, and strategy.
- Practice sportsmanship and show respect for peers during informal play.
- Reflect on recreational activities as a lifelong source of physical fitness and enjoyment.
-
Field Day Practice:
- Learning Objectives:
- Work collaboratively to score points and achieve team goals in Field Day events.
- Demonstrate responsibility by following event rules and instructions.
- Reflect on the importance of teamwork, communication, and effort in a positive group environment
Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
|
Assessments: |
|
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Physical Modifications:
Visual and Verbal Cues:
Increased Practice and Repetition:
Visual and Auditory Alternatives:
Peer Assistance and Structured Pairing:
|
Music
Band
COURSE TITLE: Fourth Grade Band
COURSE DESCRIPTION: To play a musical instrument, a variety of musical concepts must be processed and accurately executed simultaneously. This course is designed to instill in students the foundational and conceptual knowledge necessary to hold an instrument, create a characteristic sound, and read and understand musical symbols and terms. With appropriate repertoire, scales, and rhythmic exercises, students gradually expand and improve their musical knowledge.
|
Fall Units: |
Spring Units: |
|
|
|
COURSE Formative and Summative Assessments: |
||
|
Formative assessments include:
Summative assessments include:
|
||
|
COURSE Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
||
|
Differentiation addresses the needs of all students in our classrooms and rehearsal halls. It will challenge those that already are proficient or above and provide more instruction and practice for partially-proficient and novice students.
|
|
UNIT TITLE: Establishing Foundational Instrumental Technique |
|
NYS Standards: |
|
Anchor Standard 6: Convey meaning through the presentation of artistic work.
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
What are the physical fundamental aspects of playing a wind, brass, or percussion instrument? |
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
Key Vocabulary:
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
A. Instrument Assembly and Care 1. Assemble and disassemble instruments safely and efficiently 2. Name important parts of the instrument 3. Perform routine maintenance and cleaning of instruments B. Technical Skills 1. Demonstrate proper playing posture 2. Demonstrate proper right/left hand technique and stick/mallet grip 3. Hold the instrument correctly in relation to body 4. Accurately perform the Concert Bb major scale using correct fingering for their instrument C. Tone and Expression 1. Demonstrate proper embouchure 2. Produce a tone characteristic for their instrument 3. Support the tone by inhaling/exhaling through the mouth 4. Exhibit evenness of tone across registers and throughout sustained notes D. Articulation 1. Provide a clear start to each note by articulating using the tongue |
|
UNIT TITLE: Reading Standard Music Notation |
|
NYS Standards: |
|
Anchor Standard 4: Select, analyze, and interpret artistic work for presentation
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
How and why do musicians read sheet music? |
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
Key Vocabulary:
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
D. Note and Rhythm Literacy 1. Demonstrate how to successfully count music using whole, half, dotted half, quarter, and eighth notes and rest values 3. Keep a steady tempo while playing 4. Accurately count in 4/4 5. Identify the first 8 pitches of the concert Bb scale as written in standard notation 6. Distinguish stepwise (scalar) motion from skipping 7. Recognize and execute basic musical symbols such as repeats and dynamics (forte, piano) |
|
UNIT TITLE: Ensemble Playing and Rehearsal |
|
NYS Standards: |
|
Anchor Standard 5: Develop and refine artistic techniques and work for presentation
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
How does a band work together to perform music? |
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
Key Vocabulary:
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
E. Rehearsal Skills and Ensemble Playing 1. Able to start and stop with others 2. Able to listen and match basic articulations and dynamics of the entire group 3. Able to hold their own parts in an ensemble while hearing contrasting parts 4. Demonstrate knowledge of conductor’s gestures such as instruments up when the baton is up, music stops when the conductor cuts off 5. Demonstrate correct instrument care and treatment of instruments and equipment 6. Ensemble repertoire will be equivalent to .5 ensemble pieces. |
Orchestra
COURSE TITLE: 4th Grade Orchestral Strings
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course expands upon the conceptual knowledge developed in the third grade and provides each student with an advanced knowledge necessary to read, understand and interpret musical symbols and terms while playing their selected instrument. With appropriately challenging music, scales, and rhythmic exercises, students increase and improve their musical knowledge.
|
Winter Units: |
Spring Units |
|
|
|
COURSE Summative Assessments: |
|
|
The following will be used as Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
COURSE Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: Instrument technique and setup |
|
NYS Standards: |
|
New York State Learning
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
Students need to be able to:
|
|
UNIT TITLE: Tone/Intonation |
|
NYS Standards: |
|
New York State Learning |
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
|
UNIT TITLE: Note Reading |
|
NYS Standards: |
|
New York State Learning |
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
|
UNIT TITLE: Ensemble Playing and Rehearsal |
|
NYS Standards: |
|
Anchor Standard 5: Develop and refine artistic techniques and work for presentation
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
How does a band work together to perform music? |
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary (What do students need to know?): |
|
Key Vocabulary:
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives/Skills (What do students need to be able to do?): |
|
E. Rehearsal Skills and Ensemble Playing 1. Able to start and stop with others 2. Able to listen and match basic articulations and dynamics of the entire group 3. Able to hold their own parts in an ensemble while hearing contrasting parts 4. Demonstrate knowledge of conductor’s gestures such as instruments up when the baton is up, music stops when the conductor cuts off 5. Demonstrate correct instrument care and treatment of instruments and equipment 6. Ensemble repertoire will be equivalent to .5 ensemble pieces. |
Visual Arts
Library
September/October
- Orientation: OPAC review
- Genres of Fiction
- Hispanic Heritage Month
- Digital Citizenship Week
- Introduction to Research/Databases
November/December
- Native American Heritage Month
- Internet Searching, Keyword Search, Search Engines
- Digital Literacy Lesson/Hour of Code
- December Holidays
- Dewey Decimal: Nonfiction genres
January/February
- Biography - Black History Month - Research
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Theme and Main Idea
- Nonfiction Text Structures: Cause, Effect, Sequence, Problem, Solution, etc.
March/April
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Narrative Nonfiction
- Women’s History Month
- Poetry Month
- Earth Day
May/June
- AAPI month
- Digital Literacy Lesson
- Folktale unit
- Award Winning Books
- Summer Reading and Sora
Grade 5
Literacy
Bookworms
Shared Reading Modules
Fifth Grade Shared Reading Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1
Self-Discovery
In this unit, students will use narrative text structure to support comprehension, explore character growth and change over time, and consider how author’s craft influences our understanding of text content.
Module Overview
In Unit 1: Self-Discovery, students will explore narrative text structures and character growth over time. The lessons in this unit demonstrate the idea that multiple characters can experience similar internal struggles. Students will have various opportunities to identify character traits and central themes.
In Unit 2: Life Science, students will explore the nonfiction text structure and informative text features. The lessons in this unit work together to help students learn why it is beneficial to read more than one book on the same topic and multiple books of the same text structure. Students will synthesize the information from the unit and learn to better organize their new knowledge.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
The culminating task for Module 1: Compare-Contrast Cells Research Project, combines the knowledge and skills gained throughout Module 1 Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate the content knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout Module 1.
Trimester 2
Module 2:
Self-Discovery
In Unit 1: Earth Science, students reinforce their nonfiction text structure and organization knowledge and use that knowledge to support comprehension. The lessons in this unit demonstrate that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts with different topics, and the benefits to reading multiple texts by the same author.
Module Overview
In Unit 1: Earth Science, students reinforce their nonfiction text structure and organization knowledge and use that knowledge to support comprehension. The lessons in this unit demonstrate that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts with different topics, and the benefits to reading multiple texts by the same author.
In Unit 2: Unlikely Alliances, students will use narrative structure to support comprehension, explore character development and interactions with other characters, and analyze how author’s craft shapes and influences our text content understanding. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ narrative text structure knowledge. The lessons in this unit provide students with ample opportunities to revisit the text as a basis for evidence when forming and revising predictions and inferences.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
The culminating task for Module 2: Informative Writing: Civil Rights Research Paper, combines the knowledge and skills gained throughout Module 2 Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate the content knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout Module 2.
Module 3 (continues into trimester 3)
In Unit 1: Hope and Perseverance, students will explore historical fiction using a narrative text structure to support comprehension. This unit focuses on characters that overcome challenges. The lessons in this unit reinforce students’ understanding of the structure and purpose of historical fiction, allowing them to focus on both the historical information included in the text and the author’s craft.
Module Overview
In Unit 1: Hope and Perseverance, students will explore historical fiction using a narrative text structure to support comprehension. This unit focuses on characters that overcome challenges. The lessons in this unit reinforce students’ understanding of the structure and purpose of historical fiction, allowing them to focus on both the historical information included in the text and the author’s craft.
In Unit 2: Physics, students reinforce their nonfiction text structure and organization knowledge and use that knowledge to support comprehension. Students will utilize table of contents, photographs, captions, and diagrams. The lessons in this unit demonstrate that the same structures can be used to represent new information.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
The culminating task for Module 3: Opinion Writing: Doing What’s Right, combines the knowledge and skills gained throughout Module 3 Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate both knowledge and literacy skills gained throughout Module 3.
Trimester 3
Module 4
In Unit 1: Demonstrating Courage, students will revisit the narrative text structure and discover brave characters. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of the structure and purpose of both historical and realistic fiction. They also demonstrate that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts with different topics, allowing students to investigate how the theme is emphasized in each text.
Module Overview
In Unit 1: Demonstrating Courage, students will revisit the narrative text structure and discover brave characters. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of the structure and purpose of both historical and realistic fiction. They also demonstrate that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts with different topics, allowing students to investigate how the theme is emphasized in each text.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing written response tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively-built text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through: describing and analyzing character behavior, taking the perspective of characters, analyzing author’s craft, making predictions, summarizing what they have read in each text, and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
The culminating tasks for Module 4: Opinion Writing: Book Advertisement and Narrative Writing: Reading and Writing Identity, combine the knowledge and skills gained throughout Modules 1–4 of both Shared Reading and ELA. Students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of these two final tasks allows students to use writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout all four modules in fifth grade.
ELA Modules
Fifth Grade ELA Modules
Trimester 1
Module 1
In this module, students will progress through three ELA units. In Unit 1: Writing with a Purpose, students will explore all three genres of writing—narrative, opinion, and informative—as they work through four genre writing tasks and navigate two Interactive Read-Alouds to expand upon their knowledge of the different purposes and audiences for which authors write.
Bookworms ELA: Module 1 Overview
In this module, students will progress through three ELA units.
In Unit 1: Writing with a Purpose
Writing with a Purpose, students will explore all three genres of writing—narrative, opinion, and informative—as they work through four genre writing tasks and navigate two Interactive Read-Alouds to expand upon their knowledge of the different purposes and audiences for which authors write.
In Unit 2: Powerful Words, students will witness the power of words and encounter an abundance of new vocabulary as they read, analyze, and explore three Interactive Read-Alouds. As students navigate these texts, they will engage in poetry writing, emulating the structure and style of the featured poetry texts, and juxtapose two poetry texts by the same author, identifying both similarities and differences.
The lessons in these units work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple text structures and purposes through both producing new text and through analyzing existing text. They also demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts, whether that text is produced by the students themselves or by professional authors.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing narrative, informative, opinion, and poetry genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By evaluating narrative, informative, opinion, and poetry genre writing examples, students learn the necessary components of each genre, how to differentiate one genre from another, and how to differentiate between well-written texts and texts which need improvement. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively completing text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail; taking the perspective of characters; comparing and contrasting characters using character traits; summarizing what they have read in each text; and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
In Unit 3: Compare and Contrast, students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout Module 1 of both Shared Reading and ELA to complete a Culminating Task for Module 1: Informative Writing: Compare/Contrast Cells Research Project. To successfully complete this task, students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use collaborative writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout Module 1.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 5: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 5: Compare/Contrast Cells Research Project Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 5: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 5: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 2
Module 2
In this module, students will progress through two ELA units. In Unit 1: History of Science, students will learn about some trials, tribulations, and accomplishments in the history of science as they analyze and explore the featured nonfiction texts. These two texts work together to reinforce students’ understanding of informative text structure and purpose through analyzing existing text. They also demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts with varying topics.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through two ELA units.
In Unit 1: History of Science, students will learn about some trials, tribulations, and accomplishments in the history of science as they analyze and explore the featured nonfiction texts. These two texts work together to reinforce students’ understanding of informative text structure and purpose through analyzing existing text. They also demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts with varying topics.
In Unit 2: History of Civil Rights, students will dive deeply into the history of civil rights as they progress through a Read-Aloud text and the Culminating Task of this module. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple text structures and purposes, through both producing new text and analyzing existing text. They also demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts, regardless of the genre, whether that text is produced by the students themselves, or by professional authors.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing an informative genre writing task and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By evaluating informative genre writing examples, students learn the necessary components of the genre, how to differentiate one genre from another, and how to differentiate between well-written texts and texts which need improvement. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively completing text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail; taking the perspective of characters; comparing and contrasting characters using character traits; summarizing what they have read in each text; and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout Module 2 of both Shared Reading and ELA to complete the Culminating Task for Module 2: Informative Writing: Civil Rights Research Report. To successfully complete this task, students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate the knowledge and literacy skills that they gained throughout Module 2.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 5: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 5: Civil Rights Research Paper Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 5: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 5: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Module 3 (continues into trimester 3)
In Unit 1: Hope and Perseverance, students will explore historical fiction using a narrative text structure to support comprehension. This unit focuses on characters that overcome challenges. The lessons in this unit reinforce students’ understanding of the structure and purpose of historical fiction, allowing them to focus on both the historical information included in the text and the author’s craft.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through three ELA units. In Unit 1: Themes in Poetry, students will continue to continue to dabble in the world of poetry as they read, analyze, and explore the five featured poems. In Unit 2: The Underground Railroad, students will expand upon their knowledge of Harriet Tubman and the Underground Railroad as they explore the featured fantasy text and engage in an informative writing project.
The lessons in these units work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple text structures and purposes through both producing new text and analyzing existing text. They also demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts, regardless of the genre, whether that text is produced by the students themselves, or by professional authors.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing informative, opinion, and poetry genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By evaluating informative, opinion, and poetry genre writing examples, students learn the necessary components of each genre, how to differentiate one genre from another, and how to differentiate between well-written texts and texts which need improvement. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively completing text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail; taking the perspective of characters; comparing and contrasting characters using character traits; summarizing what they have read in each text; and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout Module 3 of both Shared Reading and ELA to complete the Culminating Task for Module 3: Opinion Writing: Doing What’s Right. To successfully complete this task, students will apply what they have learned during Shared Reading about how to make meaning from texts and during English Language Arts about how to share their thoughts and understandings in writing. Successful completion of this task allows students to use writing to demonstrate both knowledge and literacy skills gained throughout Module 3.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 5: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 5: Doing What’s Right Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 5: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 5: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
Trimester 3
Module 4
In this module, students will progress through three ELA units. In Unit 1: Trail of Tears, students will learn about the Native Americans’ journey west to escape European settlers, known as the Trail of Tears, as they explore the featured historical fiction text and engage in an informative writing research project. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple text structures and purposes, through both producing new text and analyzing existing text. They also demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts, regardless of the genre, whether that text is produced by the students themselves, or by professional authors.
Module Overview
In this module, students will progress through three ELA units.
In Unit 1: Trail of Tears, students will learn about the Native Americans’ journey west to escape European settlers, known as the Trail of Tears, as they explore the featured historical fiction text and engage in an informative writing research project. The lessons in this unit work together to reinforce students’ understanding of multiple text structures and purposes, through both producing new text and analyzing existing text. They also demonstrate the idea that the same theme can be expressed across multiple texts, regardless of the genre, whether that text is produced by the students themselves, or by professional authors.
In Unit 2: The Importance of Story, students are reminded of the importance of story as they explore the featured fantasy text and engage in the first of two Culminating Tasks in this module. They will focus on their ability to write about what they have read and learned in order to demonstrate their understanding and share their experience, knowledge, and opinions with others. The lessons in this unit work together to emphasize the importance of story and to showcase students’ growth this year as readers and writers. They also reinforce that reading and writing are interdependent, lifelong pursuits.
In Unit 3: Look How Far I’ve Come, students will finish off the year with narrative writing as they reflect on how they have changed as readers and writers in the final Culminating Task of the year. Drawing on their knowledge of the elements and structure of personal narrative writing, they will hone in on their feelings, struggles, perspective, and process from the beginning of the year to the end of the year and identify what they have learned about themselves as readers and writers along the way. This Culminating Task serves as an opportunity to showcase students’ growth as they progress from one grade level to the next. It allows students to demonstrate sophisticated self-evaluation and reflection and gives students, teachers, and families the opportunity to see how they have grown and changed as readers and writers over time.
Students will demonstrate and solidify their knowledge through completing informative, opinion, and narrative genre writing tasks and participating in oral discussions as a whole class and with partners. By evaluating informative, opinion, and narrative genre writing examples, students learn the necessary components of each genre, how to differentiate one genre from another, and how to differentiate between well-written texts and texts which need improvement. Moving through the writing process of determining a topic, planning, drafting, revising, and editing, and applying what they have learned about genre-specific elements of writing throughout that process, enables students to successfully produce a well-written genre-specific text that demonstrates their topic or concept understanding. Completing daily written response tasks and collaboratively completing text structure anchor charts enables students to demonstrate their understanding in writing, showing what they have learned through describing characters, settings, and objects in great detail; taking the perspective of characters; comparing and contrasting characters using character traits; summarizing what they have read in each text; and providing relevant reasons and evidence to support their statements or opinions.
Students will combine the knowledge and skills they have gained throughout the year in both Shared Reading and ELA to complete two culminating tasks for Module 4:
-
To successfully complete the tasks in Opinion Writing: Book Advertisement, students will apply what they have learned about opinion text structure and persuasive writing techniques to independently plan, design, revise, and edit a book advertisement on the book they feel is the best of all the curriculum texts they have read or listened to in fourth grade.
-
To successfully complete the tasks in Narrative Writing: Reading and Writing Identity, students will apply what they have learned about narrative text structure and elements, reflective thinking, and self-analysis to independently plan, draft, revise, and edit a personal narrative sharing their growth as a reader and writer throughout fourth grade.
There are many opportunities to assess writing skills in this unit, but we do not recommend that teachers use them all. Each writing task has a genre-based Rubric and an Grade 5: Editing and Revision Rubric suggested. We recommend that teachers decide together which of these pieces to assess, and use others for providing formative feedback. We recommend that all teachers use the Grade 5: Reading and Writing Identity Rubric in this Module to document student progress in content knowledge, literacy knowledge, and integration of knowledge and ideas.
Bookworms English Language Arts is full of opportunities for students to learn and use language. To keep track of their progress, we have designed a Speaking and Listening Rubric with two versions: one to focus on a specific standard for all students (Grade 5: Speaking and Listening (Group) Rubric) and another to focus on a specific student for all standards (Grade 5: Speaking and Listening (Individual) Rubric). Whichever you choose, we recommend that you document growth once per month during this module.
ARC (MKES only)
Math
Fifth Grade Math
Trimester 1
- Unit 1 : Expressions, Equations and Volume: English / Spanish
- Unit 2: Adding and Subtracting Fractions: English / Spanish
- Unit 3: Place Value and Decimals: English / Spanish
Trimester 2
- Unit 4: Multiplying and Dividing Whole Numbers and Decimals: English / Spanish
- Unit 5: Multiplying and Dividing Fractions: English / Spanish
- Unit 6: Graphing, Geometry and Volume: English / Spanish
Trimester 3
Science
Fifth Grade Science
Trimester 1
Unit 1: Space Systems: Stars and the Solar System
This unit builds on ideas to which our young scientists were introduced in Grade 1, “Space Systems: Patterns and Cycles.” We will be investigating three major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of the interactions between the Earth, Sun, and Moon.
- The gravitational force of Earth acting on an object near Earth’s surface pulls that object toward the planet’s center.
- The sun is a star that appears larger and brighter than other stars because it is closer. Stars range greatly in their distance from Earth.
- The orbits of Earth around the sun and of the moon around Earth, together with the rotation of Earth about an axis between its North and South poles, cause observable patterns. These include day and night; daily changes in the length and direction of shadows; and different positions of the sun, moon, and stars at different times of the day, month, and year.
Unit 2: Structures and Properties of Matter
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Grade 2, “Structure and Properties of Matter.” During that science experience, students had the opportunity to discover that the solid objects and liquids we pour in our daily lives are all made of matter, the properties of materials differ, and that they can conduct tests to compare materials to determine their suitability for various engineering applications. They also took away a fundamental understanding that matter is made of very small pieces that can be rearranged. In this fifth-grade unit, students will build on this prior knowledge through multiple, engaging experiences. By the end of the unit, they will come to an understanding that even if matter is made of very small particles too small to be seen, this idea can be used to explain the behavior of materials, including gases, as they dissolve, melt, evaporate, and are mixed together. Major tools used in the lessons to develop this learning are: making thinking visible through drawing (developing models), collaborating with others to plan investigations of phenomena, and using observations, measurements and graphs as evidence to support their ideas.
Trimester 2
Unit 3: Earth’s Systems
This unit builds on ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in second, third, and fourth grades: “Earth Materials and Systems” and “The Roles of Water in Earth’s Surface Processes”; “Weather and Climate”; and “Earth Materials and Systems”, respectively. We will be investigating three major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of the interactions among Earth Materials and Systems, The Roles of Water in Earth’s Surface Processes, and Human Impacts on Earth Systems. Earth’s major systems are the geosphere (solid and molten rock, soil, and sediments), the hydrosphere (water and ice), the atmosphere (air), and the biosphere (living things, including humans). These systems interact in multiple ways to affect Earth’s surface materials and processes. The ocean supports a variety of ecosystems and organisms, shapes landforms, and influences climate. Winds and clouds in the atmosphere interact with the landforms to determine patterns of weather.
Trimester 3
Unit 4: Matter and Energy in Organisms and Ecosystems
This unit builds on life science ideas that our young scientists were introduced to in Kindergarten and 2nd Grade, as well as physical science ideas introduced in 2nd Grade and 4th Grade. We will be investigating five major Disciplinary Core Ideas during this unit, developing further understanding of the interactions between organisms and their environments, as well as energy in chemical processes and everyday life.
Social Studies
Fifth Grade Social Studies
Trimester 1
UNIT 1: The Western Hemisphere
Enduring Understanding(s)
- Varying theories about how the earliest inhabitants of America arrived exist.
- Early inhabitants of the Americas adapted to environmental challenges in a variety of ways.
- The Aztecs, Incas and Mayas developed sophisticated cultures by using innovative technological solutions.
Migration and Settlement in the Americas
Students examine the hypotheses of how humans got to the Americas and where they settled, and then engage in three case studies of Native American culture groups; one from the United States, one from Canada, and one from the Caribbean.
Characteristics of a Civilization
The difference between the concepts of culture, complex societies, and civilization will be explored. The characteristics of civilization will be applied to our own country today, and their development in the Western Hemisphere will be introduced.
Maya, Inca, and Aztec Civilizations
Students will identify the common characteristics of a civilization. They will locate the complex societies and civilizations of the Mayas, Aztecs, and Incas on a map and identify when they occurred. Students will also investigate the characteristics of the Mayas, Aztecs, and Incas noting similarities and differences.
Civilizations Meet Environmental Challenges
Students will compare how the Mayas, Aztecs, and Incas adapted to and modified their environment to meet the needs of the people.
Literature of the Aztecs, Mayans, and Inca
Literature in early civilizations was mostly passed down orally from generation to generation. We are fortunate to have a written collection of Aztec poetry, Mayan folktales, and Inca creation stories. Students will read and listen to some of these, look for the main idea, supporting details, and the craft of each piece. Finally, they will discuss what each piece of literature tells us about its civilization.
UNIT 2: European Exploration and the Trans-Atlantic Trade
Enduring Understanding(s)
- Europeans came to the Western Hemisphere for a variety of reasons and the impact of European exploration and settlement can be viewed through multiple perspectives.
- The interactions between Native Americans and Europeans can be viewed as a major turning point for the Western Hemisphere.
European Exploration
Europeans came to the Western Hemisphere for a variety of reasons and the impact of European exploration and settlement can be viewed through multiple perspectives. The interactions between Native Americans and Europeans can be viewed as a major turning point for the Western Hemisphere.
Europeans Encounter Native Americans
Students will examine how the Native Americans viewed the Europeans, and then look at two case studies involving the interaction of the Native Americans and the Europeans.
The Columbian (Great) Exchange
Students will read texts and examine flow charts to learn about the helpful and harmful items that were exchanged among Europe, Africa, Asia and the New World. This exchange began with Columbus’ 1492 voyage and is known as “The Great Exchange.”
Sugar and the Trans-Atlantic Trade
The multiple connections between sugar and the need for labor will be explored in this lesson. Maps will be analyzed. The resulting slave trade will be looked at as an economic system, and the question "Is slavery still present in the world today?" will be raised.
Trimester 2
Unit 3: Geography in the Western Hemisphere
Enduring Understanding(s)
- The physical characteristics of the Western Hemisphere are very varied.
- The geographic characteristics of the Western Hemisphere affect where people choose to live, the way people earn a living, and their everyday life.
Review of Physical Geography
This lesson is a review of geographic concepts underlying a study of the Western Hemisphere. Included is a presentation which includes the review activity, and another presentation file that comprises an optional culminating project on biomes.
Regions of the Western Hemisphere
The Western Hemisphere can be divided into regions. During this lesson, students identify the four regions and consider the similarities and differences in these regions of the Western Hemisphere.
Climate, Vegetation, and Population Density
Through map analysis students identify the climate, vegetation patterns, and population density of the North America, Caribbean, Mesoamerica, and South America and then apply that knowledge to specific locations.
Climate and Vegetation Determines Housing
Based on the context clues in a text, students determine where in the Western Hemisphere they are located as they respond to scenarios. As a paired activity they will then write and share their scenarios.
Political Maps of the Western Hemisphere
After an activity to discover the factors that determine borders, students will create a political map of the Western Hemisphere, noting which countries are in which region, and a political map of the United States showing the location of the states. They will then use their map-reading skills to analyze the maps.
We’re Moving, Where…?
Students become experts about how the geographic characteristics of the Western Hemisphere affect the way people earn a living, where they choose to live, and their everyday lives as they engage in one of four research-based tiered projects.
UNIT 4: Government in the Western Hemisphere
Enduring Understanding(s)
Although the dominant form of government in the Western Hemisphere is some form of democracy, a variety of government systems exist side by side throughout the hemisphere.
Governments Need Rules
Although the dominant form of government in the Western Hemisphere is some form of democracy, a variety of government systems exist side by side throughout the hemisphere.
Documents of a Constitutional Democracy
Students will examine the Declaration of Independence, the United States Constitution and Bill of Rights, the British North America Act, and the Canadian Bill of Rights' key values, beliefs, and principles of constitutional democracy.
Government in the Western Hemisphere Today
Using informational text and videos, students will learn about the basic functions/structures of government today. The students will act as government officials to analyze how a bill is passed in each governmental system.
You Be the Investigator
The students will be given background information, clues, and pictures to determine a particular system of government. They will then apply this knowledge to the types of government in Cuba, Canada, and the United States.
“Victory Is Your Duty”
The government in Cuba exercises enormous pressure on its young men to excel in Olympic boxing. Students will view excerpts from the PBS Wide Angle video “Victory Is Your Duty” and compare the culture of sports in Cuba and the United States.
Gaining Sovereignty: The Inuit
After learning about the Inuit people, the students will understand the reasons the Inuit people of Nunavut wanted their sovereignty: to be a country with independent authority and the right to govern itself. In small groups students do research, complete a graphic organizer, and infer the importance of Nunavut as a turning point for the Inuit people and possibly for the nation of Canada. Students evaluate and predict whether or not the creation of Nunavut will have an influence on other indigenous groups in North America. They create a project (flipbook, poster, etc.) that highlights the daily life of the Inuit people in the past and present, and predict what daily life will be like in the future.
Multinational Organizations
Students will examine the role of multinational organizations and nongovernmental organizations in promoting cooperation between nations, protecting human rights, supporting economic development and providing assistance in challenging situations.
Trimester 3
Unit 5: Economics in the Western Hemisphere
Enduring Understanding:
Although a variety of economic systems can be found throughout the Western Hemisphere, all nations struggle to answer the three basic economic questions: (What goods and services shall be produced and in what quantities? How shall these goods and services be produced? For whom shall these goods and services be produced?)
Wants and Needs in the Western Hemisphere
Students will understand the concept of wants and needs and how it applies to their lives. Using their knowledge of wants and needs, they will analyze the wants and needs of people living in other regions of the Western Hemisphere.
Introduction to Economic Systems
After an introduction to the types of economic systems including the command economy, the market economy, and the traditional economy, students apply these concepts to scenarios about different regions of the Western Hemisphere.
The Three Basic Economic Questions
At the end of this lesson students will complete a Venn diagram to demonstrate an understanding of the basic economic principles and the three basic questions of economics:
- What goods and services shall be produced and in what quantities?
- How shall these goods and services be produced?
- For whom shall these goods and services be produced?
Look…You’re Wearing and Eating Geography!
This lesson explores the concept of interdependence by discovering the origins of many of the goods students wear and eat. What is learned in class is transferred to home as students complete a product inventory chart.
Natural Resources and Industry
This lesson compares the economic activities of four countries in the Western Hemisphere, and then focuses on why a particular product is manufactured in a particular place.
To Trade or Not to Trade…That is the Question!
Importing and exporting goods and services have both positive and negative impacts on a country. Students will look at the total of imports and exports in the United States; analyze a case study of Samsung cell phones, and finally look at the impact of a trade embargo.
UNIT 6: Cultural Diversity
Enduring Understanding:
By sharing their customs, traditions, beliefs, ideas, and languages, different ethnic, national, and religious groups have contributed to the cultural diversity of nations and regions in the Western Hemisphere. The migration of groups of people in the Western Hemisphere has led to cultural diffusion as well as regional issues.
Who's Who? Cultural Diversity
This lesson will reintroduce students to the concept of culture. Through a study of the various languages of the Western Hemisphere, students will be able to conclude that culture in the Western Hemisphere is diverse and influenced by many factors.
Introduction to the Cultural Garden
Students will examine photos and text to help them compare and contrast some of the diverse customs, traditions, ideas and languages found in the Western Hemisphere
Interdisciplinary Lesson on Diego Rivera
The artists of the Western Hemisphere have contributed much to the culture of the world. One example is the work of Diego Rivera. His work connects art, history, and social commentary. It is an excellent opportunity to collaborate with the art teacher and do this lesson during art class, or have the art teacher join the social studies class.
An Aspect of Culture in Four Countries
Students will choose one aspect of culture; formulate a question or questions about how it is evident in four countries. The students will create a comparative chart, and then write an informational article for a class magazine. If technology is available the magazine could be on-line so moving visuals and music could be embedded.
Immigration in the Western Hemisphere
Students will investigate the current issue of immigration faced today in the Western Hemisphere.
Physical Education
COURSE TITLE: Physical Education 3rd Grade to 5th Grade
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Elementary PE for grades Kindergarten to 2nd Grade aims to foster healthy, active lifestyles among students through a variety of activities in a supportive and cooperative setting. These activities cover essential movement areas such as body management, manipulatives, educational gymnastics, fitness, cooperative education and team sports. Each activity is tailored to students' developmental stage and ability. Our program is designed to cultivate confidence, honesty, creativity, and teamwork, supporting everyday movements and inspiring students to lead healthy lives as they develop at BCSD.
|
|||||||||||
- NYS Standards
- Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
- Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
- Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
- Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
NYS Standards
NYS Standards:
-
Standard 1: Demonstrates competency in a variety of motor skills and movement patterns.
-
Standard 2: Applies knowledge of concepts, principles, strategies, and tactics related to movement and performance.
-
Standard 3: Demonstrates the knowledge and skills to achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of physical activity and fitness.
-
Standard 4: Exhibits responsible personal and social behavior that respects self and others.
-
Standard 5: Recognizes the value of physical activity for overall wellness, enjoyment, challenge, and/or self-expression.
-
Standard 6: Recognizes career opportunities and manages personal and community resources related to physical activity and fitness to achieve and maintain overall wellness.
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions
Procedures, Rules, Safety, Regulations, and Expectations:
- Guiding Questions:
- Why are safety procedures important in physical education activities?
- How do following rules and regulations contribute to a positive learning environment?
- Essential Questions:
- What are the expectations for behavior and safety during PE class?
- How does understanding and following procedures impact our individual and team success?
Cooperative Games:
- Guiding Questions:
- How can teamwork and communication help us succeed in cooperative games?
- What strategies can we use to solve conflicts in a positive way?
- Essential Questions:
- What skills are essential for building trust and cooperation among teammates?
- How does strategy play a role in working together effectively?
Soccer:
- Guiding Questions:
- How does teamwork improve our soccer skills and game performance?
- What is the importance of practicing dribbling, passing, and shooting?
- Essential Questions:
- How do individual soccer skills contribute to the success of the team?
- Why is communication important during a soccer game?
Flag Football:
- Guiding Questions:
- What techniques are effective for throwing, catching in flag football?
- How can we support each other to improve teamwork and skill execution?
- Essential Questions:
- How do individual skills like throwing and catching contribute to team success?
- Why is strategy important in a game like flag football?
Wellness/Fitness and Fitness Testing:
- Guiding Questions:
- What are some ways we can keep our bodies fit and healthy?
- How can we track our progress in different fitness skills, like push-ups and flexibility?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is it important to learn about heart rate and body control?
- How do fitness activities help us maintain lifelong health?
Floor Hockey:
- Guiding Questions:
- How do we control and pass the puck to our teammates?
- What are the key rules that keep us safe while playing hockey?
- Essential Questions:
- How does understanding the rules and positions help us play floor hockey effectively?
- What makes teamwork essential in a fast-paced game like hockey?
Mindfulness & Social-Emotional Learning:
- Guiding Questions:
- How can practicing mindfulness help us in PE class and beyond?
- What are some ways we can handle stress or frustration during games?
- Essential Questions:
- How does understanding our emotions help us become better teammates?
- Why is mindfulness important for our overall well-being and fitness?
Gymnastics:
- Guiding Questions:
- How do balance and body control help us perform gymnastics skills safely?
- What techniques can we use to safely complete rolls, jumps, and landings?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is body control important in gymnastics?
- How do gymnastics skills like balance and climbing contribute to overall fitness?
Basketball:
- Guiding Questions:
- What is the best way to practice dribbling, shooting, and passing?
- How do offensive and defensive strategies contribute to game success?
- Essential Questions:
- How does teamwork enhance our ability to play basketball effectively?
- What role does strategy play in basketball?
Volleyball:
- Guiding Questions:
- What is the correct form for serving and passing in volleyball?
- How can rotation and positioning improve team play?
- Essential Questions:
- Why is teamwork essential in volleyball?
- How does learning different skills and positions contribute to a successful game?
Diamond Sports (e.g., baseball, softball, kickball):
- Guiding Questions:
- What skills are needed to be successful in diamond sports?
- How does strategy affect our ability to score and play effectively?
- Essential Questions:
- Why are hand-eye coordination and timing important in sports like baseball?
- How does working together as a team make us more successful in diamond sports?
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives
Procedures, Rules, Safety, and Expectations:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and apply classroom procedures and safety rules in all physical activities.
- Demonstrate respect for equipment and personal space to create a safe environment.
- Identify and follow expectations to foster teamwork and a positive class atmosphere.
Cooperative Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop teamwork, communication, and problem-solving skills through group activities.
- Practice conflict resolution strategies in team settings.
- Apply cooperative strategies to achieve group goals in games and activities.
Soccer:
- Learning Objectives:
- Demonstrate dribbling, passing, and shooting techniques in individual and team contexts.
- Understand basic soccer rules and positions to participate effectively in games.
- Work collaboratively to improve team strategy and communication on the field.
Flag Football:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop skills in throwing, catching, and punting through individual and partner practice.
- Understand the rules of flag football, including scoring and basic offense and defense.
- Use teamwork and strategy to improve game performance.
Tag Games and Outdoor Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand and follow the rules and boundaries of tag and outdoor games.
- Practice spatial awareness, dodging, and agility in a variety of tag games.
- Engage in respectful competition and display good sportsmanship.
Wellness/Fitness:
- Learning Objectives:
- Understand the importance of heart rate, body control, and foundational movements.
- Practice activities that build cardiovascular endurance, strength, flexibility, and coordination.
- Set and reflect on personal fitness goals to promote lifelong health habits.
Mindfulness & Social-Emotional Learning (SEL):
- Learning Objectives:
- Practice mindfulness techniques to support focus, relaxation, and stress management.
- Recognize and manage emotions to enhance social interactions and teamwork.
- Apply self-awareness and empathy to build positive relationships in PE activities.
Fitness Testing:
- Learning Objectives:
- Perform the Pacer Test, push-ups, sit-ups/planks, and flexibility exercises with proper form.
- Track and reflect on fitness progress over time to understand physical development.
- Set realistic fitness goals that are age appropriate.
Floor Hockey:
- Learning Objectives:
- Demonstrate passing, shooting, and stick-handling skills within floor hockey rules.
- Understand the roles of positions and practice scoring techniques in game play.
- Work effectively with teammates in offensive and defensive scenarios.
Handball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop passing, throwing, and teamwork skills in handball.
- Understand offensive and defensive strategies and apply them in small-sided games.
- Demonstrate respect for teammates and opponents through positive sportsmanship.
Speedball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Practice and refine passing, throwing, and catching in a game setting.
- Apply offensive and defensive strategies in speedball to encourage teamwork.
- Display responsible and respectful behavior during gameplay.
Gymnastics:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop balance, body control, and foundational movements such as rolls, cartwheels, and jumps.
- Practice safe climbing and landing techniques to build core strength and stability.
- Demonstrate personal responsibility by using equipment safely and respectfully.
Basketball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop skills in dribbling, shooting, and passing, and understand their role in basketball.
- Learn defensive and offensive strategies and apply them in game situations.
- Demonstrate teamwork and sportsmanship in a competitive setting.
Volleyball:
- Learning Objectives:
- Learn and demonstrate skills in serving, forearm passing, and setting.
- Understand the importance of rotation and teamwork in volleyball.
- Apply communication and strategy to support effective gameplay.
Bowling:
- Learning Objectives:
- Develop rolling techniques and understand scoring rules in bowling.
- Practice strategy by adjusting aim and force to knock down pins effectively.
- Engage in team-based activities, emphasizing sportsmanship and supportive communication.
Diamond Sports (e.g., Baseball, Softball, Kickball):
- Learning Objectives:
- Improve hand-eye coordination through throwing, catching, and kicking exercises.
- Apply strategies that enhance offensive and defensive play.
- Demonstrate teamwork and communicate effectively in diamond sports settings.
Recreational Games:
- Learning Objectives:
- Engage in various recreational games that promote teamwork, communication, and strategy.
- Practice sportsmanship and show respect for peers during informal play.
- Reflect on recreational activities as a lifelong source of physical fitness and enjoyment.
-
Field Day Practice:
- Learning Objectives:
- Work collaboratively to score points and achieve team goals in Field Day events.
- Demonstrate responsibility by following event rules and instructions.
- Reflect on the importance of teamwork, communication, and effort in a positive group environment
Assessments, Differentiation, Extensions and Accomodations
|
Assessments: |
|
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Physical Modifications:
Visual and Verbal Cues:
Increased Practice and Repetition:
Visual and Auditory Alternatives:
Peer Assistance and Structured Pairing:
|
Music
Visual Arts
Library
September/October
- Destiny OPAC review
- Scavenger Hunt: review of library organization
- Genres of Fiction and Book Talks
- Theme and Author’s Purpose - Hispanic Heritage Month
- Digital Citizenship Week
- Halloween: Scary Stories
November/December
- Databases and Search Engines
- Non-Fiction Text Structures, Text Features, Dewey Decimal
- Digital Media Literacy/Hour of Code
- November and December Holidays
January/February
- Website Evaluation: Research
- Digital Media Literacy lesson
- Biography - Black History Month
- Narrative Nonfiction: Main Idea or Compare and Contrast
March/April
- Women’s History Month
- Digital Literacy lesson
- Poetry Month
- Earth Day
May/June
- Theme and Symbolism: Folklore or Fantasy
- AAPI month
- Digital Literacy
- Interland Lessons
Grades 6-12
- ELA
- Math
- Science & Technology
- World Language
- Health & Physical Education
- Music & Performing Arts
- Social Studies & Business
- Visual Arts
ELA
The study of English Language Arts in the Bedford Central School District integrates language, literature, writing, speaking, and listening in accordance with New York State’s implementation of the Common Core Learning Standards. Vital to the curriculum is students' study of and consistent practice with critical thinking, as the students sharpen their analytic and interpretive skills as they progress through each level of school.
Middle School
Grade 6
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do stories show the power of kindness, courage, and connection across different worlds? |
|
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary: |
|
|
Study of Greek and Latin roots |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
3. Research Skills
4. Grammar Verb tenses - identify and appropriate use
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
We use various forms of common assessments which may include--but are not limited to--quizzes, tests, essays, and projects. Formative Assessments: Summative Assessments: |
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Grade 7
COURSE TITLE: ELA 7
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Through the reading and writing experiences in 7th grade ELA, students will attain greater self-awareness, personal growth and the skills to be a successful student throughout their middle school career. Students will read, analyze, and discuss a range of literary and informational texts to develop critical thinking skills as well as written and oral expression. We will study novels, short stories, poems, and nonfiction. Readings explore such themes as personal challenges, friendship, and self-sacrifice. Students will have the opportunity to write poetry and narratives. Students will also develop writing and research skills through literary analysis, essays, and projects.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do individuals and groups overcome adversity? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Reading Skills:
Writing Skills
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Grade 8
COURSE TITLE: ELA 8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: All 8th grade students will work to improve their reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills through differentiated instruction. The units listed below will be completed at different times during the school year depending on which teacher the student has.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: The Adventures of Tom Sawyer |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
What does it mean to “grow up”? How do friends play a role in shaping values and beliefs? |
|
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary: |
|
|
Analyze the development of themes; Analyze plot development and the connection of subplots; examine character traits; analyze character relationships; examine word choice and the historical context; make connections (text to text, self, and world) while reading. |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
READING Key Ideas and Details 8R1: Cite textual evidence to strongly support an analysis of what the text says explicitly/implicitly and make logical inferences. (RI&RL) 8R2: Determine one or more themes or central ideas of a text and analyze their development over the course of the text; summarize a text. (RI&RL) 8R3: In literary texts, analyze how particular lines of dialogue or events propel the action, reveal aspects of a character, or provoke a decision. (RL) In informational texts, analyze how individuals, events, and ideas are introduced, relate to each other, and are developed. (RI) Craft and Structure 8R4: Determine the meaning of words and phrases as they are used in a text, including figurative and connotative meanings. Analyze the impact of specific word choices on meaning, tone, and mood, including words with multiple meanings. (RI&RL) 8R6: In literary texts, analyze how the differences between the point of view, perspectives of the characters, the audience, or reader create effects such as mood and tone. (RL) WRITING: 8W1: Write arguments to support claims with clear reasons and relevant evidence. 8W1a: Introduce a precise claim, acknowledge and distinguish the claim(s) from a counterclaim, and organize the reasons and evidence logically. 8W1b: Support claim(s) with logical reasoning and relevant evidence, using credible sources while demonstrating an understanding of the topic or text. 8W1c: Use precise language and content-specific vocabulary to argue a claim. 8W1d: Use appropriate and varied transitions to create cohesion and clarify the relationships among ideas and concepts. 8W1e: Provide a concluding statement or section that explains the significance of the argument presented. 8W1f: Maintain a style and tone appropriate to the writing task. 8W3: Write narratives to develop real or imagined experiences or events using effective techniques, relevant descriptive details and clear sequencing. 8W3a: Engage the reader by establishing a point of view and introducing a narrator and/or characters. 8W3b: Use narrative techniques, such as dialogue, pacing, description, and reflection to develop experiences, events, and/or characters. 8W3c: Use a variety of transitional words, phrases, and clauses to convey sequence, signal shifts from one time frame or setting to another, and show the relationships among experiences and events. 8W3d: Use precise words and phrases. 8W3e: Provide a conclusion that follows from and reflects on what is experienced, observed, or resolved over the course of the narrative. LISTENING: Comprehension and Collaboration 8SL1: Engage effectively in a range of collaborative discussions with diverse partners; express ideas clearly and persuasively, and build on those of others. 8SL1a: Come to discussions prepared, having read or researched material under study; draw on that preparation by referring to evidence on the topic, text, or issue to probe and reflect on ideas under discussion. 8SL1b: Follow norms for collegial discussions and decision-making, track progress toward specific goals and deadlines, and define individual roles as needed 8SL1c: Pose questions that connect the ideas of several speakers and respond to others’ questions and comments with relevant evidence, observations, and ideas. 8SL1d: Acknowledge new information expressed by others, and, when warranted, qualify or justify personal views in light of the evidence presented. PRESENTATION OF KNOWLEDGE & IDEAS: 8SL4: Present claims and findings, emphasizing salient points in a focused, coherent manner with relevant evidence, valid reasoning, and well-chosen details; use appropriate eye contact, adequate volume, and clear enunciation. 8SL5: Integrate digital media and/or visual displays in presentations to clarify information, strengthen. 8SL6: Adapt speech to a variety of contexts and tasks, demonstrating command of formal English when indicated or appropriate. Conventions of Academic English/Language for Learning: 8L1 Ensure that pronouns are in the proper case (subjective, objective, and possessive). 8L1 Form and use verbs in the active and passive voice. |
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Short answer and multiple choice reading checks (Graded Do Now); short informative writing pieces that creatively recall information from the text; end of book writing (essay, creative writing), oral presentation of family prank. Write a personal narrative for an adventure in which you were involved. |
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
High School
- English 1R (9th grade)
- English 2R (10th grade)
- English 2H (Honors English 10th grade)
- English 3R (11th grade)
- English 3H (Honors English 11th grade)
- AP Language and Composition
- English 4: Exploring Identity
- Public Speaking (Semester Course)
- 12th Grade SLT- Society, Literature, and Truth
- Writing Intensive
English 1R (9th grade)
COURSE TITLE: English 9th Grade
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In order to help students successfully transition into their high school careers, English 1 is designed to build a foundation of essential literacy skills, while also providing a wide, in-depth exploration of literary themes and concepts. The content area’s work is brought together with a wide variety of writing assignments and creative projects aligned with the Common Core Learning Standards. The course aims to allow students to learn, practice and develop skills essential to high school success, including researching, speaking, listening, writing, reading, studying, organizing, and accessing modern technology. English 1 students receive an unweighted H credential for earning at least a 90 average for the year.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do stories about coming of age help us understand ourselves, others, and the challenges of growing up? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
English 2R (10th grade)
COURSE TITLE: English 10th Grade
COURSE DESCRIPTION: While the fundamental goals for this course are the same as those for 1R, there is a distinct and challenging difference with regard to the pacing, complexity and style of the work. As a skills-based curriculum, the course will use literature to fuel activities involving reading, writing, speaking, thinking, and researching.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How does the individual interact successfully or unsuccessfully with society? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
English 2H (Honors English 10th grade)
COURSE TITLE: Honors English 10th Grade
COURSE DESCRIPTION: While the fundamental goals for this course are the same as those for 2R, there is a distinct and challenging difference with regard to the pacing, complexity and style of the work. In that many of the students will continue into our junior and senior honors and AP courses, 2H students will work on open-ended assignments that require a greater sense of organization, collaboration, independence, and motivation to complete. Lengthy, independent reading assignments are a regular part of this course.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How does the individual interact successfully or unsuccessfully with society? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
English 3R (11th grade)
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
The Crucible Short Stories |
The Nickel Boys Poetry |
The Great Gatsby Macbeth/Hamlet |
The Things They Carried |
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
What does the American Dream represent, and how is it portrayed in different literary works? How do American writers address issues of identity, race, and ethnicity in their work? In what ways do American authors use nature and the environment as a symbol or theme in their writing? How do American authors engage with the theme of individualism? |
|
|
Content Knowledge/Vocabulary: |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Introduction of various literary movements
Writing Skills
Grammar Skills
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
English 3H (Honors English 11th grade)
COURSE TITLE: Honors English 11th Grade
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Honors English in American Literature was designed to coincide with the American History being taught in social studies in the student’s junior year. It will also function as a preparatory course for the senior AP Literature course. The course will focus on the evolution of American Literature and the complexities of the social, economic, political and moral changes that took place within our country and were reflected in our literature, over time. The course will be taught in a survey style in order to facilitate understanding and provide a contextual view of current literature.
The course is rigorous and demanding. Students will be asked to read independently, write and analyze at a high level, pushing well beyond what has been previously expected of them. The goal will be to build upon the foundation they received their freshman and sophomore years; however, students will now be expected not only to analyze a particular text for meaning, but also to place that text and its literary merits within the broader understanding of the culture in which it was written and its place in the pantheon of American Literature. Students will be expected to analyze not just the literature itself but also the literature’s reflection of the American human experience. A love of literature and a curiosity about what that literature conveys and how it is constructed is necessary for an honors student. Students should be prepared to write in a variety of forms and think on a variety of levels.
Suggested Guidelines: 90+ average in English 2R or 2H and teacher recommendation.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
What defines the American Dream and is it attainable for everyone? How does literature reflect the social and political issues of its time in America? What role does individualism play in American society as depicted in literature? How does American literature grapple with the concept of freedom? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
2. Writing Skills
3. Research Skills
4. Grammar
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessment:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
|
AP Language and Composition
COURSE TITLE: AP English Language and Composition
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The AP course in English Language and Composition engages students in becoming skilled readers of prose written in a variety of periods, disciplines, and rhetorical contexts, and in becoming skilled writers who compose for a variety of purposes. Through both reading and writing, students will gain an awareness of the interactions among a writer’s purpose, audience expectations, and subjects. In addition, students will analyze how writers use rhetorical strategies and stylistic devices to enhance the effectiveness of their writing. In addition, students will study the rhetoric of visual media (i.e., magazine advertisements, political cartoons, films, comic strips, etc.) to determine how nonverbal arguments are constructed. In concert with the College Board’s AP English Course Description, this course teaches “students to read primary and secondary sources carefully, to synthesize material from these texts in their own compositions, and to cite sources using conventions recommended by professional organizations such as the Modern Language Association (MLA).”
The AP course in English Language and Composition substitutes for the college freshman class in composition. Therefore, students will write in a variety of forms, including narrative, expository, analytical, and argumentative, with an emphasis on the types of writing they will encounter at the college level. AP English Language and Composition demands that students read challenging texts, understand the purpose of such texts, and respond clearly and effectively to those texts. As a result, students will be expected to move beyond such programmed responses as the five-paragraph essay and add other techniques to their repertoire.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
English 4: Exploring Identity
COURSE TITLE: English 4: Exploring Identity
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This full year course is geared toward mature students who need to solidify their reading, writing, and discussion skills prior to graduation. Through a diverse selection of texts, students will examine and explore the complex interactions between individual identity and societal influences. Through close reading, analysis, and discussion, students will delve into characters’ quests for self-discovery, grappling with questions of race, ethnicity, gender, sexuality, socioeconomic status, and other aspects of identity. They will examine how characters navigate personal and cultural identities amidst societal expectations, norms, and prejudices. Additionally, students will explore the ways in which language, narrative techniques, and literary devices shape representations of identity in literature and in film. Through writing assignments, projects, and presentations, students will engage in thoughtful exploration and expression of their own identities and perspectives, ultimately developing a deeper understanding of identity in literature and in life.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How does who we are shape and get shaped by the world around us, and how can stories help us understand this? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
Public Speaking (Semester Course)
COURSE TITLE: Public Speaking and Speech Writing
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students will learn to develop, write, and orate persuasive, informative and demonstrative speeches. Students will also learn to write speeches in a cohesive and organized style through the study of noteworthy speeches. Class members will learn to face an audience with confidence and to organize speeches and presentations that persuade and inform listeners with purpose. This course addresses how to conquer the fear of public speaking and its negative stresses and encourages students’ use of humor, creativity and personality in their presentations. Students should expect to deliver impromptu and prepared speeches and to identify effective techniques. Students will also be expected to set personal goals and to learn how to select and design appropriate materials and methods of delivery. There is an emphasis on writing and on preparation and practice outside of class.
|
MP1/MP3 Units: |
MP2/MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Choice in speaking topics 2. Scaffolded Speech Outlines 3. Flexible Grouping 4. Rehearsal support before final presentations |
12th Grade SLT- Society, Literature, and Truth
COURSE TITLE: Society, Literature, and Truth (SLT)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: SLT is a course where students and teachers confront in a collaborative and multidisciplinary way the fundamental questions that define humanity. Through literature, philosophical texts, films, and discussions, we further our exploration of key topics to examine questions that have confronted humanity throughout history. Marking periods are centered around specific themes which provide opportunities for students to learn, question, and clarify their understanding of key aspects of the human experience. This course emphasizes critical thinking and participation in seminar discussions that is the foundation for success for the future.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Standards for Reading, Writing, Speaking, Listening in Social Studies (NYS Framework, pp28-32) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
1-How do we know what we know? 2-What is the purpose of life? 3-How do we think and read critically? 4-What is ‘truth’? 5-What is ethics? 6-What is the process for making decisions ethically? 7-How does society impact the individual? 8-How do young people today prepare to be responsible citizens in the future? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Over the course of the four marking periods, students will use the lens of specific marking period themes and will
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Formative: Exit Tickets: At the end of a lesson, students write a brief response to a prompt related to the day's topic, helping assess understanding and areas needing clarification. Think-Pair-Share: Students think about a question, discuss their thoughts with a partner, and then share insights with the class, promoting collaborative learning. Concept Mapping: Students create visual maps connecting key concepts from the lesson, demonstrating their understanding of relationships between ideas. Journals or Learning Logs: Regular entries reflecting on what they've learned, questions they have, or personal connections to the material. Role-Playing or Simulations: Students act out historical events or civic scenarios, allowing them to engage deeply with content and demonstrate comprehension. Group Projects: Collaborative assignments on specific topics, encouraging research, presentation skills, and teamwork. Quizzes with Immediate Feedback: Short quizzes that provide instant feedback to students, helping them identify areas for improvement. Debates: Organizing structured debates on relevant issues encourages critical thinking and understanding of multiple perspectives. Infographics: Students create visual representations of data or concepts, integrating technology and artistic expression to convey information effectively. Peer Teaching: Students prepare and present a lesson or topic to their classmates, reinforcing their understanding while enhancing communication skills. Summative: Research Project: Students select a historical event, figure, or cultural phenomenon to research. They create a presentation (such as a PowerPoint or poster) that includes key facts, significance, and personal reflections. Socratic Seminar: Students use their prior content knowledge and document analysis skills to connect historical issues to the present day in a whole-class text-based discussion. Unit Assessment (test or quiz): Students demonstrate their content and skill knowledge on assessments aligned with state standards for the unit or concept. |
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
Flexible Grouping: Organize students into varied groups based on interests, readiness, or learning profiles. Use both homogeneous and heterogeneous groups for discussions, projects, or research. Choice Boards: Create a menu of activities that students can choose from based on their interests. This could include projects, written assignments, presentations, or artistic expressions. Tiered Assignments: Design assignments at varying levels of complexity. For instance, some students may analyze primary sources, while others may summarize information from textbooks. Use of Technology: Incorporate tools like audio books, videos, podcasts, and interactive timelines to cater to different learning preferences. Encourage students to create digital presentations or blogs. Project-Based Learning: Allow students to engage in projects that explore social studies topics in depth. They can focus on areas of personal interest or local relevance, fostering a sense of ownership. Visual Aids and Graphic Organizers: Use maps, charts, and diagrams to help visual learners. Graphic organizers can assist students in organizing their thoughts and understanding complex concepts. Scaffolding: Provide support structures, such as guided notes or sentence starters, to help students who may struggle with written assignments or analysis. Varied Assessment Methods: Offer different ways for students to demonstrate understanding, such as traditional tests, creative projects, or oral presentations. Incorporate Current Events: Connect lessons to current events that are relevant to students’ lives. This can make learning more engaging and applicable. Encourage Reflection: Use journals or reflection prompts to help students process their learning and make connections to their own lives and experiences. |
Writing Intensive
COURSE TITLE: Writing Intensive
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Writing Intensive course engages students in becoming skilled writers who compose for a variety of purposes. Through both reading and writing, students will gain an awareness of the interactions among a writer’s purpose, audience expectations, and subjects. Students will write in their journals every day throughout the entire year, building their strength as writers through this process.
Students will write in a variety of forms, including narrative, expository, analytical, and argumentative, with an emphasis on the types of writing they will encounter at the college level. Students will be expected to move beyond such programmed responses as the five-paragraph essay and add other techniques to their repertoire.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT TITLE: |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
|
|
Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
Math
The mathematics department strives to provide students with a strong foundation in mathematical concepts, problem-solving skills, and logical reasoning. The mathematics program aims to create a supportive and challenging learning environment where students can develop competence and confidence in their mathematical abilities. Fostering a growth mindset, learning experiences provide opportunities for students to apply their skills to real-world situations and experience mathematics as a creative and collaborative learning experience by helping students see the value of mathematics in their daily lives and future careers.
The mathematics program aligns with Bedford’s Vision, Mission, and Core Beliefs and incorporates the principles of the New York State Learning Standards: Focus, Coherence, and Rigor. This includes building conceptual understanding at each grade level, developing concepts within and across grade levels, and building procedural fluency, and the application of learning embedded in the standards. (NYSLS in Mathematics Guidance Document, 2020). All mathematics classes routinely use the Standards for Mathematical Practices. These practices encourage students to explore mathematical concepts using multiple problem-solving strategies, collaboration, and participation in mathematical discourse using mathematical vocabulary.
Grades 6-8
Grade 6
COURSE TITLE: Math 6
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In Math 6, instructional time will focus on four critical areas: (1) connecting ratio and rate to whole number multiplication and division and using concepts of ratio and rate to solve problems; (2) completing understanding of division of fractions and extending the notion of number to the system of rational numbers, which includes negative numbers; (3) writing, interpreting and using expressions and equations; (4) deepening understanding of area, surface area and volume; and (5) developing understanding of statistical thinking. This course is differentiated to meet the needs and challenges of diverse learners. Assessments will include daily informal formative assessments, formal formative assessments, department unit assessments, and state assessments.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
Units
- UNIT 1: WHOLE NUMBERS/NUMBER THEORY
- UNIT 2: FRACTIONS
- UNIT 3: DECIMALS
- UNIT 4: RATIONAL NUMBERS
- UNIT 5: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
- UNIT 6: EQUATIONS & INEQUALITIES
- UNIT 7: RATIOS & PROPORTIONS
- UNIT 8: PERCENTS
- UNIT 9: 2D GEOMETRY
- UNIT 10: 3D GEOMETRY
- UNIT 11: STATISTICS
- UNIT 12: PROBABILITY
UNIT 1: WHOLE NUMBERS/NUMBER THEORY
|
UNIT 1: WHOLE NUMBERS/NUMBER THEORY |
||
|
NYS Standards: |
||
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Compute fluently with multi-digit numbers and find common factors and multiples NY-6.NS.2 Fluently divide multi-digit numbers using a standard algorithm. NY-6.NS.4 Find the greatest common factor of two whole numbers less than or equal to 100. Use the distributive property to express a sum of two whole numbers 1–100 with a common factor as a multiple of a sum of two whole numbers with no common factor other than 1. Find the least common multiple of two whole numbers less than or equal to 12. |
||
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
||
|
||
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
||
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 2: FRACTIONS
|
UNIT 2: FRACTIONS |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division to divide fractions by fractions. NY-6.NS.1 Interpret and compute quotients of fractions, and solve word problems involving division of fractions by fractions. Note: Strategies may include but are not limited to the following: using visual fraction models, a standard algorithm, and equations to represent the problem. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 3: DECIMALS
|
UNIT 3: DECIMALS |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Compute fluently with multi-digit numbers and find common factors and multiples. NY-6.NS.3 Fluently add, subtract, multiply, and divide multi-digit decimals using a standard algorithm for each operation. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 4: RATIONAL NUMBERS
|
UNIT 4: RATIONAL NUMBERS |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Apply and extend previous understandings of numbers to the system of rational numbers NY-6.NS.5 Understand that positive and negative numbers are used together to describe quantities having opposite directions or values. Use positive and negative numbers to represent quantities in real-world contexts, explaining the meaning of 0 in each situation. NY-6.NS.6 Understand a rational number as a point on the number line. Use number lines and coordinate axes to represent points on a number line and in the coordinate plane with negative number coordinates.
NY-6.NS.7 Understand ordering and absolute value of rational numbers. NY-6.NS.7c Understand the absolute value of a rational number as its distance from 0 on the number line. Interpret absolute value as magnitude for a positive or negative quantity in a real-world situation |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 5: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
|
UNIT 5: ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Apply and extend previous understandings of arithmetic to algebraic expressions. NY-6.EE.1 Write and evaluate numerical expressions involving whole number exponents. NY-6.EE.2 Write, read, and evaluate expressions in which letters stand for numbers.
NY-6.EE.3 Apply the properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions. e.g., Apply the distributive property to the expression 3(2 + x) to produce the equivalent expression 6 + 3x; apply the distributive property to the expression 24x + 18y to produce the equivalent expression 6 (4x + 3y); apply properties of operations to y + y + y to produce the equivalent expression 3y. NY-6.EE.4 Identify when two expressions are equivalent. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 6: EQUATIONS & INEQUALITIES
|
UNIT 6: EQUATIONS & INEQUALITIES |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Reason about and solve one-variable equations and inequalities NY-6.EE.5 Understand solving an equation or inequality as a process of answering a question: which values from a specified set, if any, make the equation or inequality true? Use substitution to determine whether a given number in a specified set makes an equation or inequality true. NY-6.EE.6 Use variables to represent numbers and write expressions when solving a real-world or mathematical problem. Understand that a variable can represent an unknown number, or, depending on the purpose at hand, any number in a specified set. NY-6.EE.7 Solve real-world and mathematical problems by writing and solving equations of the form x + p = q; x – p = q; px = q; and 𝒙/𝒑 = q for cases in which p, q and x are all nonnegative rational. NY-6.EE.8 Write an inequality of the form x > c, x ≥ c, x ≤ c or x < c to represent a constraint or condition in a real-world or mathematical problem. Recognize that inequalities of these forms have infinitely many solutions; represent solutions of such inequalities on a number line. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 7: RATIOS & PROPORTIONS
|
UNIT 7: RATIOS & PROPORTIONS |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Understand ratio concepts and use ratio reasoning to solve problems NY-6.RP.1 Understand the concept of a ratio and use ratio language to describe a ratio relationship between two quantities. NY-6.RP.2 Understand the concept of a unit rate a/b associated with a ratio a:b with b ≠ 0 (b not equal to zero), and use rate language in the context of a ratio relationship. e.g., “This recipe has a ratio of 3 cups of flour to 4 cups of sugar, so there are ¾ cup of flour for each cup of sugar.” "We paid $75 for 15 hamburgers, which is a rate of $5 per hamburger." Note: Expectations for unit rates in this grade are limited to non-complex fractions NY-6.RP.3 Use ratio and rate reasoning to solve real-world and mathematical problems. Note: Strategies may include but are not limited to the following: tables of equivalent ratios, tape diagrams, double number lines, and equations. a. Make tables of equivalent ratios relating quantities with whole-number measurements, find missing values in the tables, and plot the pairs of values on the coordinate plane. Use tables to compare ratios. b. Solve unit rate problems. d. Use ratio reasoning to convert measurement units; manipulate and transform units appropriately when multiplying or dividing quantities. Note: Conversion of units occurs within a given measurement system, not across different measurement systems. Cluster: Represent and analyze quantitative relationships between dependent and independent variables. NY-6.EE.9 Use variables to represent two quantities in a real-world problem that change in relationship to one another. Given a verbal context and an equation, identify the dependent variable, in terms of the other quantity, thought of as the independent variable. Analyze the relationship between the dependent and independent variables using graphs and tables, and relate these to the equation. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 8: PERCENTS
|
UNIT 8: PERCENTS |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Understand ratio concepts and use ratio reasoning to solve problems. NY-6.RP.3c Find a percent of a quantity as a rate per 100. Solve problems that involve finding the whole given a part and the percent, and finding a part of a whole given the percent. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 9: 2D GEOMETRY
|
UNIT 9: 2D GEOMETRY |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving area, surface area and volume. NY-6.G.1 Find area of triangles, trapezoids, and other polygons by composing into rectangles or decomposing into triangles and quadrilaterals. Apply these techniques in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems. NY-6.G.3 Draw polygons in the coordinate plane given coordinates for the vertices. Use coordinates to find the length of a side joining points with the same first coordinate or the same second coordinate. Apply these techniques in the context of solving real-world and mathematical problems. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 10: 3D GEOMETRY
|
UNIT 10: 3D GEOMETRY |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving area, surface area and volume. NY-6.G.2 Find volumes of right rectangular prisms with fractional edge lengths in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems. NY-6.G.4 Represent three-dimensional figures using nets made up of rectangles and triangles, and use the nets to find the surface area of these figures. Apply these techniques in the context of solving real world and mathematical problems. Note: Three-dimensional figures include only right rectangular prisms, right rectangular pyramids, and right triangular prisms. When finding surface areas, all necessary measurements will be given. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 11: STATISTICS
|
UNIT 11: STATISTICS |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Develop understanding of statistical variability. NY-6.SP.1a. Recognize that a statistical question is one that anticipates variability in the data related to the question and accounts for it in the answers. b. Understand that statistics can be used to gain information about a population by examining a sample of the population; generalizations about a population from a sample are valid only if the sample is representative of that population. c. Understand that the method and sample size used to collect data for a particular question is intended to reduce the difference between a population and a sample taken from the population so valid inferences can be drawn about the population. Generate multiple samples (or simulated samples) of the same size to recognize the variation in estimates or predictions. NY-6.SP.2. Understand that a set of quantitative data collected to answer a statistical question has a distribution which can be described by its center, spread, and overall shape. NY-6.SP.3. Recognize that a measure of center for a quantitative data set summarizes all of its values with a single number while a measure of variation describes how its values vary with a single number. NY-6.SP.4. Display quantitative data in plots on a number line, including dot plots, and histograms. NY-6.SP.5. Summarize quantitative data sets in relation to their context.
|
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
UNIT 12: PROBABILITY
|
UNIT 12: PROBABILITY |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Next Generation Mathematics Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 77-88) Cluster: Investigate chance processes and develop, use, and evaluate probability models. NY-6.SP.6. Understand that the probability of a chance event is a number between 0 and 1 inclusive, that expresses the likelihood of the event occurring. Larger numbers indicate greater likelihood. A probability near 0 indicates an unlikely event, a probability around ½ indicates an event that is neither unlikely nor likely, and a probability near 1 indicates a likely event. NY-6.SP.7. Approximate the probability of a simple event by collecting data on the chance process that produces it and observing its long-run relative frequency, and predict the approximate relative frequency given the probability. NY-6.SP.8. Develop a probability model and use it to find probabilities of simple events. Compare probabilities from a model to observed frequencies; if the agreement is not good, explain possible sources of the discrepancy.
|
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Students will be able to:
Key Vocabulary:
|
Math 7
COURSE TITLE: Math 7
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In Math 7, instructional time will focus on four critical areas: (1) developing understanding of and applying proportional relationships; (2) developing understanding of operations with rational numbers and working with expressions and linear equations; (3) solving problems involving scale drawings and informal geometric constructions, and working with two- and three-dimensional shapes to solve problems involving area, surface area and volume; and (4) drawing inferences about populations based on samples. This course is differentiated to meet the needs and challenges of diverse learners. Assessments will include daily formative assessments, unit assessments, department assessments, and state assessments.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
Units
- Real Numbers
- Equations
- Inequalities
- Ratios, Rates, and Proportions
- Statistics and Probability
- Geometry
- Angles
Real Numbers
|
UNIT TITLE: Real Numbers |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS 7th Grade Math Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers NY-7.NS.1 Apply and extend previous understandings of addition and subtraction to add and subtract rational numbers. Represent addition and subtraction on a horizontal or vertical number line.
NY-7.NS.2 Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division and of fractions to multiply and divide rational numbers.
NY-7.NS.3 Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving the four operations with rational numbers. Cluster: Use properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions. NY-7.EE.1 Add, subtract, factor, and expand linear expressions with rational coefficients by applying the properties of operations. NY-7.EE.2 Understand that rewriting an expression in different forms in real-world and mathematical problems can reveal and explain how the quantities are related. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS 7th Grade Math Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Solve real-life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions, equations, and inequalities. NY-7.EE.3 Solve multi-step real-world and mathematical problems posed with positive and negative rational numbers in any form (whole numbers, fractions, and decimals), using tools strategically. Apply properties of operations to calculate with numbers in any form; convert between forms as appropriate. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies. NY-7.EE.4 Use variables to represent quantities in a real-world or mathematical problem, and construct simple equations and inequalities to solve problems by reasoning about the quantities.
|
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Inequalities
|
UNIT TITLE: Inequalities |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS 7th Grade Math Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Solve real-life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions, equations, and inequalities. NY-7.EE.4 Use variables to represent quantities in a real-world or mathematical problem, and construct simple equations and inequalities to solve problems by reasoning about the quantities. B. Solve word problems leading to inequalities of the form px + q > r, px + q ≥ r, px + q ≤ r, or px + q < r, where p, q, and r are rational numbers. Graph the solution set of the inequality on the number line and interpret it in the context of the problem |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Ratios, Rates, and Proportions
|
UNIT TITLE: Ratios, Rates, and Proportions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS 7th Grade Math Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Analyze proportional relationships and use them to solve real-world and mathematical problems NY-7.RP.1 Compute unit rates associated with ratios of fractions. NY-7.RP.2 Recognize and represent proportional relationships between quantities.
NY-7.RP.3 Use proportional relationships to solve multistep ratio and percent problems |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Statistics and Probability
|
UNIT TITLE: Statistics and Probability |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS 7th Grade Math Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Draw informal comparative inferences about two populations NY-7.SP.1 Construct and interpret box-plots, find the interquartile range, and determine if a data point is an outlier. NY-7.SP.3 Informally assess the degree of visual overlap of two quantitative data distributions. NY-7.SP.4 Use measures of center and measures of variability for quantitative data from random samples or populations. Cluster: Investigate chance processes and develop, use, and evaluate probability models NY-7.SP.8 Find probabilities of compound events using organized list, sample space tables, tree diagrams, and simulation.
|
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Geometry
|
UNIT TITLE: Geometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS 7th Grade Math Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationships between them. NY-7.G.1 Solve problems involving scale drawings of geometric figures, including computing actual lengths and areas from a scale drawing and reproducing a scale drawing at a different scale. NY-7.G.2 Draw triangles when given measures of angles and/or sides, noticing when the conditions determine a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle. NY-7.G.3 Describe the two-dimensional shapes that result from slicing three-dimensional solids parallel or perpendicular to the base. Cluster: Solve real-life and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume. NY-7.G.4 Apply the formulas for the area and circumference of a circle to solve problems. NY-7.G.6 Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving area of two-dimensional objects composed of triangles and trapezoids. Solve surface area problems involving right prisms and right pyramids composed of triangles and trapezoids. Find the volume of right triangular prisms, and solve volume problems involving three-dimensional objects composed of right rectangular prisms. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Angles
|
UNIT TITLE: Angles |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS 7th Grade Math Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Solve real-life and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume. NY-7.G.5 Use facts about supplementary, complementary, vertical, and adjacent angles in a multi-step problem to write and solve simple equations for an unknown angle in a figure Cluster: Understand congruence and similarity using physical models, transparencies, or geometry software. NY-8.G.5 Use informal arguments to establish facts about the angle sum and exterior angle of triangles, about the angles created when parallel lines are cut by a transversal, and the angle-angle criterion for similarity of triangles. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Math 7A
COURSE TITLE: 7A Math
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course includes all curricula taught in Math 7 plus 60% of the content from the Math 8 curriculum, which requires students to move at a faster pace. The Math 8 topics included are lines and linear equations, transformations, similarity, congruence, exponents, scientific notation, and parallel lines with transversals. Students are expected to think critically and to be creative problem solvers. Study skills and behavior are critical to success in this course, and the pace is such that students should expect an increased frequency and volume of work at home. This course is differentiated to meet the needs and challenges of diverse learners. Assessments will include daily formative assessments, unit assessments, department assessments, and state assessments.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
Units
- The Real Number System
- Equations and Inequalities
- Rates, Ratios, and Proportions
- Statistics and Probability
- Geometry
- Angles
- Functions and Slope
- Transformations
The Real Number System
|
UNIT TITLE: The Real Number System |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math State Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Apply and extend previous understandings of operations with fractions to add, subtract, multiply, and divide rational numbers NY-7.NS.1 Apply and extend previous understandings of addition and subtraction to add and subtract rational numbers. Represent addition and subtraction on a horizontal or vertical number line.
NY-7.NS.2 Apply and extend previous understandings of multiplication and division and of fractions to multiply and divide rational numbers.
NY-7.NS.3 Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving the four operations with rational numbers. Cluster: Use properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions. NY-7.EE.1 Add, subtract, factor, and expand linear expressions with rational coefficients by applying the properties of operations. NY-7.EE.2 Understand that rewriting an expression in different forms in real-world and mathematical problems can reveal and explain how the quantities are related. Cluster: Work with radicals and integer exponents. NY-8. EE 1 Know and apply the properties of integer exponents to generate equivalent numerical expressions. NY-8 EE 3. Use numbers expressed in the form of a single digit times an integer power of 10 to estimate very large or very small quantities, and to express how many times as much one is than the other. NY-8 EE 4. Perform multiplication and division with numbers expressed in scientific notation, including problems where both standard decimal form and scientific notation are used. Use scientific notation and choose units of appropriate size for measurements of very large or very small quantities. Interpret scientific notation that has been generated by technology. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Equations and Inequalities
|
UNIT TITLE: Equations and Inequalities |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math State Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Solve real-life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions, equations, and inequalities. NY-7.EE.3 Solve multi-step real-world and mathematical problems posed with positive and negative rational numbers in any form (whole numbers, fractions, and decimals), using tools strategically. Apply properties of operations to calculate with numbers in any form; convert between forms as appropriate. Assess the reasonableness of answers using mental computation and estimation strategies. NY-7.EE.4 Use variables to represent quantities in a real-world or mathematical problem, and construct simple equations and inequalities to solve problems by reasoning about the quantities.
Cluster: Analyze and solve linear equations and pairs of simultaneous linear equations. NY- 8 EE. 7. Solve linear equations in one variable
|
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Rates, Ratios, and Proportions
|
UNIT TITLE: Rates, Ratios, and Proportions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math State Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Analyze proportional relationships and use them to solve real-world and mathematical problems NY-7.RP.1 Compute unit rates associated with ratios of fractions. NY-7.RP.2 Recognize and represent proportional relationships between quantities.
NY-7.RP.3 Use proportional relationships to solve multistep ratio and percent problems |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Statistics and Probability
|
UNIT TITLE: Statistics and Probability |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math State Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Draw informal comparative inferences about two populations NY-7.SP.1 Construct and interpret box-plots, find the interquartile range, and determine if a data point is an outlier. NY-7.SP.3 Informally assess the degree of visual overlap of two quantitative data distributions. NY-7.SP.4 Use measures of center and measures of variability for quantitative data from random samples or populations. Cluster: Investigate chance processes and develop, use, and evaluate probability models NY-7.SP.8 Find probabilities of compound events using organized list, sample space tables, tree diagrams, and simulation.
|
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Geometry
|
UNIT TITLE: Geometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math State Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Draw, construct, and describe geometrical figures and describe the relationships between them. NY-7.G.1 Solve problems involving scale drawings of geometric figures, including computing actual lengths and areas from a scale drawing and reproducing a scale drawing at a different scale. NY-7.G.2 Draw triangles when given measures of angles and/or sides, noticing when the conditions determine a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle. NY-7.G.3 Describe the two-dimensional shapes that result from slicing three-dimensional solids parallel or perpendicular to the base. Cluster: Solve real-life and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume. NY-7.G.4 Apply the formulas for the area and circumference of a circle to solve problems. NY-7.G.6 Solve real-world and mathematical problems involving area of two-dimensional objects composed of triangles and trapezoids. Solve surface area problems involving right prisms and right pyramids composed of triangles and trapezoids. Find the volume of right triangular prisms, and solve volume problems involving three-dimensional objects composed of right rectangular prisms. ClusterSolve real-world and mathematical problems involving volume of cylinders, cones, and spheres. NY-8.G.9 Given the formulas for the volume of cones, cylinders, and spheres, solve mathematical and real-world problems. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Angles
|
UNIT TITLE: Angles |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math State Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Solve real-life and mathematical problems involving angle measure, area, surface area, and volume. NY-7.G.5 Use facts about supplementary, complementary, vertical, and adjacent angles in a multi-step problem to write and solve simple equations for an unknown angle in a figure Cluster: Understand congruence and similarity using physical models, transparencies, or geometry software. NY-8.G.5 Use informal arguments to establish facts about the angle sum and exterior angle of triangles, about the angles created when parallel lines are cut by a transversal, and the angle-angle criterion for similarity of triangles. Cluster: Understand and apply the Pythagorean Theorem NY-8.G.6 Understand a proof of the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse. NY-8.G.7 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to determine unknown side lengths in right triangles in real-world and mathematical problems in two and three dimensions NY- 8.G. 8. Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points in a coordinate system |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Functions and Slope
|
UNIT TITLE: Functions and Slope |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math State Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Define, evaluate, and compare functions. NY-8.F.1 Understand that a function is a rule that assigns to each input exactly one output. The graph of a function is the set of ordered pairs consisting of an input and the corresponding output. NY-8.F.2 Compare properties of two functions each represented in a different way (algebraically, graphically, numerically in tables, or by verbal descriptions). NY-8.F.3 Interpret the equation y = mx + b as defining a linear function, whose graph is a straight line. Recognize examples of functions that are linear and non-linear. Cluster: Use functions to model relationships between quantities NY-8.F.4. Construct a function to model a linear relationship between two quantities. Determine the rate of change and initial value of the function from a description of a relationship or from two (x, y) values, including reading these from a table or from a graph. Interpret the rate of change and initial value of a linear function in terms of the situation it models, and in terms of its graph or a table of values. NY-8.F. 5.. Describe qualitatively the functional relationship between two quantities by analyzing a graph |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Transformations
|
UNIT TITLE: Transformations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math State Standards (page 89-96) Cluster: Understand congruence and similarity using physical models, transparencies, or geometry software NY. 8.G-1 Verify experimentally the properties of rotations, reflections, and translations. a. Verify experimentally lines are mapped to lines, and line segments to line segments of the same length. b. Verify experimentally angles are mapped to angles of the same measure. c. Verify experimentally parallel lines are mapped to parallel lines. N.Y. 8-G.2. Know that a two-dimensional figure is congruent to another if the corresponding angles are congruent and the corresponding sides are congruent. Equivalently, two two-dimensional figures are congruent if one is the image of the other after a sequence of rotations, reflections, and translations. Given two congruent figures, describe a sequence that maps the congruence between them on the coordinate plane. N.Y. 8.G 3. Describe the effect of dilations, translations, rotations, and reflections on two-dimensional figures using coordinates. N.Y. 8.G. . Know that a two-dimensional figure is similar to another if the corresponding angles are congruent and the corresponding sides are in proportion. Equivalently, two two-dimensional figures are similar if one is the image of the other after a sequence of rotations, reflections, translations, and dilations. Given two similar two-dimensional figures, describe a sequence that maps the similarity between them on the coordinate plane. |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Grade 8
COURSE TITLE: Math 8
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In Math 8, instructional time will focus on three critical areas: (1) formulating and reasoning about expressions and equations, including modeling an association in bivariate data with a linear equation, and solving linear equations and systems of linear equations; (2) grasping the concept of a function and using functions to describe quantitative relationships; and (3) analyzing two- and three-dimensional space and figures using distance, angle, similarity, and congruence, and understanding and applying the Pythagorean Theorem. This course is differentiated to meet the needs and challenges of diverse learners. Assessments will include daily formative assessments, unit assessments, department assessments, and state assessments.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
Units
- Linear Equations in One Variable
- Integer Exponents
- Rational and Irrational Numbers
- Pythagorean Theorem
- Proportional Relationships
- Defining and Comparing Functions
- Linear Functions
- Congruence and Similarity
- Solving Equations Review
- Reasoning in Geometry
- Surface Area and Volume
- Scatter Plots and Analyzing Data
- Systems of Two Linear Equations
- Scientific Notation
Linear Equations in One Variable
|
UNIT TITLE: Linear Equations in One Variable |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.EE. 7b, NY-8.EE. 7a, NY-8.EE. 7 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Integer Exponents
|
UNIT TITLE: Integer Exponents |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.EE.1, NY-8.EE.2 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
1. Practice squaring numbers, evaluating square roots, and solving equations involving exponents. 2. Practice cubing numbers, evaluating cube roots, and solving equations involving exponents. 3. Evaluate exponential expressions. 4. Learn and apply the laws of exponents - (multiplication rule and power raised to a power rule). 5. Learn and apply the laws of exponents - (division rule, zero exponent rule and negative exponent rule). 6. Use square root symbols to represent solutions to equations of the form x² =p.
|
Rational and Irrational Numbers
|
UNIT TITLE: Rational and Irrational Numbers |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.NS.1, NY-8.NS.2 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Pythagorean Theorem
|
UNIT TITLE: Pythagorean Theorem |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.G.6, NY-8.G.7, NY-8.G.8 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Proportional Relationships
|
UNIT TITLE: Proportional Relationships, Lines, and Linear Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.EE.5 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Defining and Comparing Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Defining and Comparing Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.F.1, NY-8.F.2 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Linear Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Linear Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.F.3, NY-8.F.4, NY-8.F.5 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Congruence and Similarity
|
UNIT TITLE: Congruence and Similarity |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.EE.6, NY-8.G.1, NY-8-G.2, NY-8-G.3, NY-8-G.4 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Solving Equations Review
|
UNIT TITLE: Solving Equations Review |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.EE. 7, NY-8.EE. 7a, NY-8.EE. 7b (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Reasoning in Geometry
|
UNIT TITLE: Reasoning in Geometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8-G.5 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Surface Area and Volume
|
UNIT TITLE: Surface Area and Volume |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.G.9 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Scatter Plots and Analyzing Data
|
UNIT TITLE: Scatter Plots and Analyzing Data |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.SP.1, NY-8.SP.2, NY-8.SP.3 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Systems of Two Linear Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: Systems of Two Linear Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.EE.8, NY-8.EE.8a, NY-8.EE.8b, NY-8.EE.8c (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Scientific Notation
|
UNIT TITLE: Scientific Notation |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards NY-8.EE.3, NY-8.EE.4 (CORE CONTENT: Pages 97 - 104) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Algebra 1 MS
Grades 9-12
- ESOL Math
- Algebra 1A
- Algebra 1B
- Algebra 1 HS
- Financial Algebra
- Geometry
- Geometry Honors
- Calc for Business
- Statistics
- AP Calculus AB
- AP Statistics
- Precalculus Honors
- Quantitative Geometry
- Precalculus
- Algebra 2 & Trigonometry
- Algebra 2 and Trigonometry Honors
ESOL Math
COURSE TITLE: ESOL Pre-Algebra
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course is designed for students who are English Language Learners in ESOL Level 1 and Level 2 and reinforces arithmetic skills, developing the pre-algebra concepts of variable recognition, signed numbers, formulas and single variable equations. Students will be introduced to algebraic symbolism, simplifying expressions, solutions to algebraic equations, and the graphic representations associated with variables. A primary focus is on building the vocabulary essential for academic study and success in future mathematics courses.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Learning Environment Differentiation :
2. Pacing Differentiation :
3. Feedback Differentiation :
4. Scaffolding :
|
Units
- Operations With Integers
- Fractions & Decimals
- Algebraic Expressions
- Solving Linear Equations
- Word Problems
- Inequalities
- Ratios, Rates & Proportions
- Percents
- Equations of Lines
- Writing Equations of Lines & Linear/Inequality Systems
Operations With Integers
Fractions & Decimals
|
UNIT TITLE: Fractions & Decimals |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
What are the properties of different operations with fractions |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Algebraic Expressions
|
UNIT TITLE: Algebraic Expressions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to simplify algebraic expressions with various operations |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Solving Linear Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: Solving Linear Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to solve various types of linear equations |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Word Problems
|
UNIT TITLE: Word Problems |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to solve various types of Mathematical Word Problems |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Inequalities
|
UNIT TITLE: Inequalities |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to solve various types of inequalities |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Ratios, Rates & Proportions
|
UNIT TITLE: Ratios, Rates & Proportions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to utilize Ratios, Rates and Proportions to solve for missing values |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Percents
|
UNIT TITLE: Percents |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to utilize Percents to find values |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Equations of Lines
|
UNIT TITLE: Equations of Lines |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to graph various types of lines on a coordinate plane |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Writing Equations of Lines & Linear/Inequality Systems
|
UNIT TITLE: Writing Equations of Lines & Linear/Inequality Systems |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to write equations of line given various inputs How to graph a system of equations/inequalities |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Algebra 1A
COURSE TITLE: Algebra 1A
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Algebra 1A is the first year-long course in a two-year sequence leading to the administration of the Algebra 1 Regents Examination at the end of the second year. This course follows the New York State Next Generation Mathematics Standards adopted by the NYS Education Department and is designed to provide extended study of algebraic topics. The course employs an integrated problem solving approach in the study of algebraic relationships. Major emphasis will be placed on: numeracy, evaluating algebraic expressions, equations and functions, solving linear equations and inequalities, graphing linear equations and inequalities, solving systems of linear equations and inequalities. Each of these topics will include computational work as well as real-life applications. A graphing calculator is required. Students will take a local final in June. This course is followed by Algebra 1B which culminates in students taking the Common Core Algebra 1 Regents examination.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
Units
- Algebraic Expressions
- Solving Linear Equations
- Graphing Linear Equations
- Functions
- Linear Inequalities
- System of Equations
- System of Linear Inequalities
- Polynomials
Algebraic Expressions
|
UNIT TITLE: Algebraic Expressions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Mathematics Next Generation Learning Standards (Algebra I: Pages 108-122 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Lesson 1: Vocabulary Students will be able to: Define expressions and identify parts of an algebraic term. Lesson 2: Integer Rules Students will be able to: Apply integer rules to simplify expressions. Lesson 3: Order Of Operations Students will be able to: Simplify expressions using PEMDAS. Lesson 4: Combining Like Terms Day 1 Students will be able to: Identify like terms by recognizing common variables and exponents. Lesson 5: Combining Like Terms Day 2 Students will be able to: Simplify expressions by adding/subtracting like terms. Lesson 6: Translating Expressions Students will be able to: Translate verbal phrases into algebraic expressions. |
Solving Linear Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: Solving Linear Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Mathematics Next Generation Learning Standards (Algebra I: Pages 108-122 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Lesson 1: One-step Equations Students will be able to: Apply inverse operations to solve 1-step equations for an unknown. Lesson 2: Two-step Equations Students will be able to: Apply inverse operations to solve 2-step equations for an unknown Lesson 3: Solving Equations with Like Terms Students will be able to: Combine like terms and solve for an unknown. Lesson 4: Distributing & Combining Like Terms Students will be able to: Apply the distributive property, combine like terms, and solve for the unknown. Lesson 5: Variables on Both Sides Students will be able to: Solve equations that have variables on both sides. Lesson 6: Multistep Equations Students will be able to: Apply inverse operations to solve multi-step equations for an unknown. Lesson 7: Literal Equations Students will be able to: Solve an equation with multiple variables. Lesson 8: Word Problems Students will be able to: Write equations based on a given word problem and solve for the unknown. |
Graphing Linear Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: Graphing Linear Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Mathematics Next Generation Learning Standards (Algebra I: Pages 108-122 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Lesson 1: Graph Linear Equations with Table and Identify Slope and Intercepts Students will be able to: complete a table of values and graph linear equations from the points in the table. Lesson 2: Horizontal and Vertical Lines Students will be able to: Determine the slope of horizontal and vertical lines and graph the lines. Lesson 3: Graph from Slope-intercept Form Students will be able to: Graph line from slope-intercept form by identifying the slope and y-intercept. Lesson 4: Convert into slope-intercept form Students will be able to: Apply inverse operations to convert equations into slope-intercept form. Lesson 5: Slope Formula Students will be able to: Apply the slope formula to determine the slope of a line given two points. Lesson 6: Write the equation of a line in slope intercept form Students will be able to: Write the equation of a line given the slope and y-intercept or given two points.
Students will be able to: Write the equation of a line given a real-world scenario. |
Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Mathematics Next Generation Learning Standards (Algebra I: Pages 108-122 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Lesson 1: Intro to Functions Students will be able to: Define a function, domain, range, and independent/dependent variables. Lesson 2: Function Representations Students will be able to: Determine if a relation is a function or not. Lesson 3: Function Notation and evaluating Students will be able to: Evaluate functions in function notation. Lesson 4: Graphing Linear Functions Students will be able to: Graph points from a table & use the graphing calculator to graph a linear function. Lesson 5: Interval Notation Students will be able to: Express domain and range in interval notation. Lesson 6: Functions in the real world Students will be able to: Work with functions in real world examples. |
Linear Inequalities
|
UNIT TITLE: Linear Inequalities |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Mathematics Next Generation Learning Standards (Algebra I: Pages 108-122 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Lesson 1: Intro to inequalities Students will be able to: Represent inequalities on a number line. Lesson 2: Solving inequalities Students will be able to: solve one variable inequalities using inverse operations.
Students will be able to: solve one variable inequalities using inverse operations. Lesson 4: Translating inequalities Students will be able to: Identify key terms used in inequality word problems and match them with the appropriate symbol, creating a linear inequality. Lesson 5: Solving inequality word problems Students will be able to: Create inequalities to represent real world scenarios and use them to solve problems. Lesson 6: More inequality word problems Students will be able to: Create inequalities to represent real world scenarios and use them to solve problems. |
System of Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: System of Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Mathematics Next Generation Learning Standards (Algebra I: Pages 108-122 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Lesson 1: Intro to systems- Graphing Students will be able to: Graph linear equations by determining the slope and y-intercept. Lesson 2: Graphing systems & Determining Solutions Students will be able to: Determine the solution to a system of equations using the graphing method.
Students will be able to: Determine the solution to the system of equations in slope-intercept form using their calculator. Lesson 4: Solving Systems using Substitution Students will be able to: Apply the substitution method to determine the solution to a given system of equations. Lesson 5: More Solving using Substitution Students will be able to: Apply the substitution method to determine the solution to a given system of equations. Lesson 6: Solving Systems using Elimination Students will be able to: Apply the elimination method to determine the solution to a given system of equations. Lesson 7: More Solving Systems using Elimination Students will be able to: Apply the elimination method to determine the solution to a given system of equations. Lesson 8: Which Method is Best? Students will be able to: determine which of the three methods they’ve learned is most appropriate for each problem. |
System of Linear Inequalities
|
UNIT TITLE: System of Linear Inequalities |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Mathematics Next Generation Learning Standards (Algebra I: Pages 108-122 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Lesson 1: Graphing Linear Inequalities (y by itself) Students will be able to: Graph an inequality in slope-intercept form. Lesson 2: Graphing Linear Inequalities (Getting y by itself) Students will be able to: Arrange inequalities into slope-intercept form and graph.
Students will be able to: Identify solutions to a system of inequalities after graphing both inequalities on the same axes. Lesson 4: More Systems of Linear Inequalities Students will be able to: Identify solutions to a system of inequalities after graphing both inequalities on the same axes Lesson 5: Systems of Linear Inequalities (Calculator) Students will be able to: Identify solutions to a system of inequalities using their graphing calculator. Lesson 6: Linear Inequalities Word Problems (Using x and y intercepts) Students will be able to: Graph inequalities using x and y-intercept Lesson 7: Systems of Linear Inequalities Word problems Students will be able to: Graph systems of inequalities using x and y-intercepts. Lesson 8: More Systems of Linear Inequalities Word Problems Students will be able to: Graph inequalities using x and y-intercepts to solve real world scenarios. |
Polynomials
|
UNIT TITLE: Polynomials |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Mathematics Next Generation Learning Standards (Algebra I: Pages 108-122 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Lesson 1: Adding & Subtracting Polynomials Students will be able to: Add and subtract polynomials by combining like terms. Lesson 2: Multiplying Terms & Power-to-Power Students will be able to: recognize and apply the product and power rule for exponents. Lesson 3: Mixed Review Lesson 4: Multiplying by a Monomial Students will be able to: Apply the product rule. Lesson 5: Multiplying Polynomials Students will be able to: Distribute and apply the product rule. Lesson 6: Dividing Powers Students will be able to: Apply the quotient rule. Lesson 7: Mixed Review Lesson 8: Powers with Zero & Negative Exponents Students will be able to: Apply the zero power and negative exponent rules. |
Algebra 1B
Algebra 1 HS
COURSE TITLE: Algebra 1 - High School
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course follows the Common Core Next Gen curriculum adopted by the NYS Education Department. The course employs an integrated approach that goes beyond rote learning, in order to ensure that students have a deep understanding of algebraic concepts. This course will include a major emphasis placed on the fundamental laws of Algebra, algebraic operations, linear, quadratic and exponential functions and relationships as well as descriptive statistics. This course requires the use of a graphing calculator and culminates with the Algebra 1 Regents examination in June.
Prerequisite: Math 8
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
Units
- Number Systems
- Statistics
- Radicals
- Linear Graphs, Equations, and Functions
- Systems of Linear Equations
- System of Inequalities
- Polynomials
- Factoring
- Solving Quadratic Equations
- Quadratic Functions
- Exponential Functions
- Sequences
- Other Functions
Number Systems
|
UNIT TITLE: Number Systems |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Page 109) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Number Systems
PEMDAS & Evaluating Algebraic Expressions
Square Roots and Irrational Numbers
|
Statistics
|
UNIT TITLE: Statistics |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 123-124) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Mean, Median, Mode & Range
Dot Plot
Box Plot
Interquartile Range & Standard Deviation
Histogram
Scatterplots
Linear Regression and Correlation
|
Radicals
|
UNIT TITLE: Radicals |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Page 109) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Pythagorean Theorem
Simplest Radical Form
Operation with Radicals
Rationalizing Denominators
Radical Equations
|
Linear Graphs, Equations, and Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Linear Graphs, Equations, and Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 113-115, 117-122) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Review of Solving Equations
Solving Multi-Step Equations
Literal Equations
Independent and Dependent Quantities
Linear Functions
Graphs of Functions
Domain and Range
Realistic Domain and Range
|
Systems of Linear Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: Systems of Linear Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 116-117) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Plotting Points and Graphing Lines
Intro to Systems of Equations
System Word Problems Graphically & Use Calculator
Substitution y=’s (Algebraically)
Elimination (Algebraically)
Solving Systems Word Problems (Algebraically)
|
System of Inequalities
|
UNIT TITLE: System of Inequalities |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 113, 115-117) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Intro to Inequalities
Modeling Linear Inequalities
Graphing Inequalities on the Coordinate Plane
Translating Linear Inequalities & Systems of Linear Inequalities
Graphing Systems of Inequalities
Solving Systems of Inequalities Word Problems
|
Polynomials
|
UNIT TITLE: Polynomials |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 110-112) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Adding and Subtracting Polynomials
Laws of Exponents
Multiplying Binomials
|
Factoring
|
UNIT TITLE: Factoring |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Page 110) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Factoring with Greatest Common Factor (GCF)
Factoring Polynomials (a=1)
Factoring Polynomials (a>1)
Difference of Perfect Squares
Factor Completely
|
Solving Quadratic Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: Solving Quadratic Equations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 112, 114-116) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Solving Quadratics by Factoring ● Convert equations into standard form and identify a, b, and c terms. ● Find the x-intercepts of a quadratic written in factored form. Find the x-intercepts of a quadratic function using any method of factoring. Completing the Square ● Identify and complete perfect square trinomials.
Completing the Square (a > 1) ● Complete the square when a = 1 or a >1. ● Manipulating quadratic equations to determine the best method to use to find x-intercepts.
Quadratic Formula ● Use the quadratic formula to solve for x-intercepts of a quadratic function.
Which Method is Best? ● Determine the most efficient method to use to solve a quadratic function.
Applications of Quadratics ● Set up and solve quadratic word problems using any method of solving quadratics.
Solving Quadratic Linear Systems Graphically ● Solve quadratic linear systems by graphing both functions and finding the point(s) of intersection.
Solving Quadratic Linear Systems Algebraically ● Solve quadratic linear systems algebraically. ● Manipulating equations into y= form to solve a system algebraically. ● State the solution to a system as a point(s) of intersection. |
Quadratic Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Quadratic Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 118-122) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Graphing Quadratic Functions (Parabolas)
Graphing Quadratics using the Graphing Calculator
Factored Form of a Quadratic
Factored Form using GCF
Vertex Form of a Quadratic
Shifting Quadratic Functions
Domain and Range of Quadratics
Quadratic Word Problems
|
Exponential Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Exponential Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 113, 119-122) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Introduction to & Graphs of Exponential Functions
Writing Exponential Functions
Scenarios & Exponential Functions
Compound Interest
Translations of Linear and Exponential Functions
Exponential Functions State Test Questions
|
Sequences
|
UNIT TITLE: Sequences |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 113, 118) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Arithmetic and Geometric Sequences
Determining Terms of Sequences
Sequences as Functions
|
Other Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Other Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 119-121) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Absolute Value and Square Root
Piecewise Functions
|
Financial Algebra
Geometry
COURSE TITLE: Geometry
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is guided by the Common Core Next Gen curriculum adopted by the NYS Education Department and is designed to provide an extended study of geometric topics allowing for the reinforcement of algebraic techniques. This course employs an integrated approach to the study of geometric relationships. Through a consideration of Euclidean, transformational and coordinate approaches, students will investigate situations in order to justify geometric relationships and properties of geometric figures. Major emphasis will be placed on: quadratics, coordinate geometry, polygons, right triangles, trigonometry, similarity and congruency proofs. Work includes analytical problems involving calculations as well as Euclidean and analytic proofs, manipulation of radical and rational expressions as well as solving radical and quadratic equations. This course requires the use of a graphing calculator and culminates with the Geometry Regents examination in June.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
Units
- Factoring
- Radicals
- Foundations of Geometry
- Parallel Lines
- Properties of Triangles
- Introduction to Proofs
- Triangle Congruence Proofs
- Similarity
- Trigonometry
- Quadrilaterals
- Transformations
- 3D Geometry
Factoring
|
UNIT TITLE: Factoring |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Polynomial Structure
2. Representing Functions in Multiple Ways
3. Factoring Polynomials
4. Solving Polynomial Equations Using Factoring
|
Radicals
|
UNIT TITLE: Radicals |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Radical Expressions
2. Simplifying Radical Expressions
3. Performing Operations with Radicals
4. Applying Radicals in Geometry(In Future Units)
|
Foundations of Geometry
|
UNIT TITLE: Foundations of Geometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Basic Geometric Concepts
2. Measuring and Classifying Angles and Segments
3. Understanding Geometric Reasoning and Proof
4. Working with Coordinate Geometry
|
Parallel Lines
|
UNIT TITLE: Parallel Lines |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Parallel and Perpendicular Lines
2. Angle Relationships with Parallel Lines and a Transversal
3. Proving Lines Are Parallel
4. Parallel Lines in the Coordinate Plane
|
Properties of Triangles
|
UNIT TITLE: Properties of Triangles |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Classifying Triangles
2. Triangle Angle Sum Theorem
3. Triangle Inequality Theorem
4. The Pythagorean Theorem
5. Special Segments in Triangles
6. Applications of Triangle Properties
|
Introduction to Proofs
|
UNIT TITLE: Introduction to Proofs |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Triangle Congruence Proofs
|
UNIT TITLE: Triangle Congruence Proofs |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
2. Using Congruence Postulates to Prove Triangles Congruent
3. Writing Triangle Congruence Proofs
4. Applying CPCTC to Solve Problems
6. Mastering Proof Strategies and Techniques
|
Similarity
|
UNIT TITLE: Similarity |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Similarity and Scale
2. Dilation and Similarity Transformations
3. Ratios, Proportions, and Scale Factors
4. Triangle Similarity Theorems
5. Applications of Triangle Similarity
|
Trigonometry
|
UNIT TITLE: Trigonometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Quadrilaterals
|
UNIT TITLE: Quadrilaterals |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
4. Trapezoids
5. Coordinate Geometry and Proofs with Quadrilaterals
|
Transformations
|
UNIT TITLE: Transformations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
3D Geometry
|
UNIT TITLE: 3D Geometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Geometry Honors
Calc for Business
Statistics
COURSE TITLE: Statistics
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Statistics is a full year course designed to introduce students to how data informs decision making in the real world. Students will learn how to collect, analyze, interpret, and communicate conclusions from data. This course focuses on understanding variability, making predictions using quantitative models, and using probability to measure uncertainty. Students will develop statistical reasoning through real datasets, simulations, technology, experimentation, and written communication.
Students will regularly analyze data from real contexts such as sports, social media, medicine, marketing, politics, environmental science, psychology, and education. Emphasis is placed on explaining thinking clearly, interpreting results in context, and supporting claims with evidence. By the end of the course, students will be able to confidently evaluate claims they encounter in the world—news articles, studies, graphs, polls—using valid statistical reasoning.
This course prepares students for data literacy beyond high school—college level research courses, STEM pathways, business analytics, and responsible citizenship in a data-driven world.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation:
2. Process Differentiation:
3. Product Differentiation:
4. Learning Environment Differentiation:
5. Interest-Based Differentiation:
6. Feedback Differentiation:
7. Scaffolding:
|
|
UNIT TITLE: Statistics |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Math 140 ECE (Early College Experience) from WCC |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Unit 1–2 (Describing Data)
Unit 3 (Regression / Bivariate)
Unit 4 (Probability)
Unit 5 (Normal Distribution)
Unit 6 (Sampling / Experiments)
Unit 7–8 (Inference)
|
AP Calculus AB
COURSE TITLE: AP Calculus AB
COURSE DESCRIPTION: AP CALCULUS AB
(1 Unit) AP Calculus AB is a highly rigorous, college level mathematics course with high expectations designed to build students’ in-depth understanding of calculus. Students enrolled in this course intend to take the nationwide AP exam. Success on this examination could potentially result in earned college credit. The course is designed for students who have a thorough and complete knowledge of Geometry, Algebra 2 & Trigonometry, and Pre-Calculus. The AP Calc AB course will call on the skills and information acquired from these prerequisite courses to complete units of study of Limits and Continuity, Differentiation, Integration and Accumulation of Change, Differential Equations, all with a major emphasis on application(s). The curriculum emphasizes a multi-representational approach to calculus, with concepts, results, and problems being expressed graphically, numerically, and algebraically. The AP Calc AB course will be fast-paced and challenging and thus students should expect to work hard for the entirety of the course.
Prerequisite Course: Precalculus, Precalculus Honors and teacher recommendation
College Board course and exam description
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
Units
- Limits and Continuity
- Differentiation: Definition and Basic Derivative Rules
- Differentiation: Composite, Implicit, and Inverse Functions
- Contextual Applications of Differentiation
- Analytical Applications of Differentiation
- Integration and Accumulation of Change
- Differential Equations
- Applications of Integration
Limits and Continuity
|
UNIT TITLE: Limits and Continuity |
|
|
College Board Standards: https://apcentral.collegeboard.org/media/pdf/ap-calculus-ab-and-bc-course-and-exam-description.pdf |
|
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Computation and Application
Problem Solving
Real-World Connections
These questions aim to cover a range of levels, from foundational understanding to more complex problem-solving and real-world connections. Let me know if you'd like help breaking these down further or creating practice problems! |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
1.1 Introducing Calculus: Can Change Occur at an Instant? 2.B Identify mathematical information from graphical, numerical, analytical, and/or verbal representations. LIM-1 1.2 Defining Limits and Using Limit Notation 2.B Identify mathematical information from graphical, numerical, analytical, and/or verbal representations. 1.3 Estimating Limit Values from Graphs 2.B Identify mathematical information from graphical, numerical, analytical, and/or verbal representations. 1.4 Estimating Limit Values from Tables 2.B Identify mathematical information from graphical, numerical, analytical, and/or verbal representations. 1.5 Determining Limits Using Algebraic Properties of Limits 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 1.6 Determining Limits Using Algebraic Manipulation 1.C Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the classification of a given expression (e.g., Use the chain rule to find the derivative of a composite function). 1.7 Selecting Procedures for Determining Limits 1.C Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the classification of a given expression (e.g., Use the chain rule to find the derivative of a composite function). 1.8 Determining Limits Using the Squeeze Theorem 3.C Confirm whether hypotheses or conditions of a selected definition, theorem, or test have been satisfied. 1.9 Connecting Multiple Representations of Limits 2.C Identify a re-expression of mathematical information presented in a given representation. continued on next page UNIT AT A GLANCE Return to Table of Contents © 2020 College Board AP Calculus AB and BC Course and Exam Description Course Framework V.1 | 32 Return to Table of Contents © 2020 College Board Limits and Continuity UNIT 1 Enduring Understanding Topic Suggested Skills Class Periods ~22–23 CLASS PERIODS (AB) ~13–14 CLASS PERIODS (BC) LIM-2 1.10 Exploring Types of Discontinuities 3.B Identify an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test to apply. 1.11 Defining Continuity at a Point 3.C Confirm whether hypotheses or conditions of a selected definition, theorem, or test have been satisfied. 1.12 Confirming Continuity over an Interval 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 1.13 Removing Discontinuities 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 1.14 Connecting Infinite Limits and Vertical Asymptotes 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. 1.15 Connecting Limits at Infinity and Horizontal Asymptotes 2.D Identify how mathematical characteristics or properties of functions are related in different representations. FUN-1 1.16 Working with the Intermediate Value Theorem (IVT) 3.E Provide reasons or rationales for solutions or conclusions |
Differentiation: Definition and Basic Derivative Rules
|
UNIT TITLE: Differentiation: Definition and Basic Derivative Rules |
|
|
College Board Standards: |
|
|
College Board Standards: https://apcentral.collegeboard.org/media/pdf/ap-calculus-ab-and-bc-course-and-exam-description.pdf |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
2.1 Defining Average and Instantaneous Rates of Change at a Point 2.B Identify mathematical information from graphical, numerical, analytical, and/or verbal representations. 2.2 Defining the Derivative of a Function and Using Derivative Notation 1.D Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the relationship between concepts (e.g., rate of change and accumulation) or processes (e.g., differentiation and its inverse process, anti-differentiation) to solve problems. 4.C Use appropriate mathematical symbols and notation (e.g., Represent a derivative using f x ′ ′ y dy dx ( ), , and ). 2.3 Estimating Derivatives of a Function at a Point 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. FUN-2 2.4 Connecting Differentiability and Continuity: Determining When Derivatives Do and Do Not Exist 3.E Provide reasons or rationales for solutions and conclusions. FUN-3 2.5 Applying the Power Rule 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 2.6 Derivative Rules: Constant, Sum, Difference, and Constant Multiple 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. FUN-3 LIM-3 2.7 Derivatives of cos x, sin x, e x , and ln x 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. Return to Table of Contents © 2020 College Board AP Calculus AB and BC Course and Exam Description Course Framework V.1 | 54 Differentiation: Definition and Fundamental Properties UNIT 2 UNIT AT A GLANCE (cont'd) Enduring Understanding Topic Suggested Skills Class Periods ~13–14 CLASS PERIODS (AB) ~9–10 CLASS PERIODS (BC) FUN-3 2.8 The Product Rule 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 2.9 The Quotient Rule 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 2.10 Finding the Derivatives of Tangent, Cotangent, Secant, and/or Cosecant Functions 1.D Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the relationship between concepts (e.g., rate of change and accumulation) or processes (e.g., differentiation and its inverse process, anti-differentiation) to solve problems. |
Differentiation: Composite, Implicit, and Inverse Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Differentiation: Composite, Implicit, and Inverse Functions |
|
|
College Board Standards: |
|
|
College Board Standards: https://apcentral.collegeboard.org/media/pdf/ap-calculus-ab-and-bc-course-and-exam-description.pdf |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Essential Questions:
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
3.1 The Chain Rule 1.C Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the classification of a given expression (e.g., Use the chain rule to find the derivative of a composite function). 3.2 Implicit Differentiation 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 3.3 Differentiating Inverse Functions 3.G Confirm that solutions are accurate and appropriate. 3.4 Differentiating Inverse Trigonometric Functions 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 3.5 Selecting Procedures for Calculating Derivatives 1.C Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the classification of a given expression (e.g., Use the chain rule to find the derivative of a composite function). 3.6 Calculating Higher-Order Derivatives 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology |
Contextual Applications of Differentiation
|
UNIT TITLE: Contextual Applications of Differentiation |
|
|
College Board Standards: |
|
|
College Board Standards: https://apcentral.collegeboard.org/media/pdf/ap-calculus-ab-and-bc-course-and-exam-description.pdf |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Essential Questions:- How can derivatives be used to solve real-world problems involving instantaneous rates of change?- How do you use the derivative to analyze motion and other rate-based scenarios? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
4.1 Interpreting the Meaning of the Derivative in Context 1.D Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the relationship between concepts (e.g., rate of change and accumulation) or processes (e.g., differentiation and its inverse process, anti-differentiation) to solve problems. 4.2 Straight-Line Motion: Connecting Position, Velocity, and Acceleration 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 4.3 Rates of Change in Applied Contexts Other Than Motion 2.A Identify common underlying structures in problems involving different contextual situations. 4.4 Introduction to Related Rates 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 4.5 Solving Related Rates Problems 3.F Explain the meaning of mathematical solutions in context. 4.6 Approximating Values of a Function Using Local Linearity and Linearization 1.F Explain how an approximated value relates to the actual value. LIM-4 4.7 Using L’Hospital’s Rule for Determining Limits of Indeterminate Forms 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. |
Analytical Applications of Differentiation
|
UNIT TITLE: Analytical Applications of Differentiation |
|
|
College Board Standards: |
|
|
College Board Standards: https://apcentral.collegeboard.org/media/pdf/ap-calculus-ab-and-bc-course-and-exam-description.pdf |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Essential Questions:- How can we determine maximums and minimums of functions, and what do they tell us in practical situations (optimization)?- How does the behavior of a function's derivatives reveal the function's overall shape and properties? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
5.1 Using the Mean Value Theorem 3.E Provide reasons or rationales for solutions and conclusions. 5.2 Extreme Value Theorem, Global Versus Local Extrema, and Critical Points 3.E Provide reasons or rationales for solutions and conclusions. FUN-4 5.3 Determining Intervals on Which a Function is Increasing or Decreasing 2.E Describe the relationships among different representations of functions and their derivatives. 5.4 Using the First Derivative Test to Determine Relative (Local) Extrema 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. 5.5 Using the Candidates Test to Determine Absolute (Global) Extrema 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 5.6 Determining Concavity of Functions over Their Domains 2.E Describe the relationships among different representations of functions and their derivatives. 5.7 Using the Second Derivative Test to Determine Extrema 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. 5.8 Sketching Graphs of Functions and Their Derivatives 2.D Identify how mathematical characteristics or properties of functions are related in different representations. 5.9 Connecting a Function, Its First Derivative, and Its Second Derivative 2.D Identify how mathematical characteristics or properties of functions are related in different representations. 5.10 Introduction to Optimization Problems 2.A Identify common underlying structures in problems involving different contextual situations. 5.11 Solving Optimization Problems 3.F Explain the meaning of mathematical solutions in context. 5.12 Exploring Behaviors of Implicit Relations 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 3.E Provide reasons or rationales for solutions and conclusions. |
Integration and Accumulation of Change
|
UNIT TITLE: Integration and Accumulation of Change |
|
|
College Board Standards: |
|
|
College Board Standards: https://apcentral.collegeboard.org/media/pdf/ap-calculus-ab-and-bc-course-and-exam-description.pdf |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Essential Questions:- How can a limit of a sum of areas (Riemann sums) be represented by a continuous function (definite integral)?- What is the relationship between differentiation and integration, as established by the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
6.1 Exploring Accumulations of Change 4.B Use appropriate units of measure. LIM-5 6.2 Approximating Areas with Riemann Sums 1.F Explain how an approximated value relates to the actual value. 6.3 Riemann Sums, Summation Notation, and Definite Integral Notation 2.C Identify a re-expression of mathematical information presented in a given representation. FUN-5 6.4 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus and Accumulation Functions 1.D Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the relationship between concepts (e.g., rate of change and accumulation) or processes (e.g., differentiation and its inverse process, anti-differentiation) to solve problems. 6.5 Interpreting the Behavior of Accumulation Functions Involving Area 2.D Identify how mathematical characteristics or properties of functions are related in different representations. FUN-6 6.6 Applying Properties of Definite Integrals 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. 6.7 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus and Definite Integrals 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. 6.8 Finding Antiderivatives and Indefinite Integrals: Basic Rules and Notation 4.C Use appropriate mathematical symbols and notation (e.g., Represent a derivative using f x ′ ′ y dy dx ( ), , and ). 6.9 Integrating Using Substitution 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rule or procedures, with and without technology. 6.10 Integrating Functions Using Long Division and Completing the Square 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. |
Differential Equations
|
UNIT TITLE: Differential Equations |
|
|
College Board Standards: |
|
|
College Board Standards: https://apcentral.collegeboard.org/media/pdf/ap-calculus-ab-and-bc-course-and-exam-description.pdf |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Essential Questions:- How can we find unique solutions to differential equations given initial conditions?- How can slope fields be used to visually represent and understand solutions to differential equations? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
7.1 Modeling Situations with Differential Equations 2.C Identify a re-expression of mathematical information presented in a given representation. 7.2 Verifying Solutions for Differential Equations 3.G Confirm that solutions are accurate and appropriate. 7.3 Sketching Slope Fields 2.C Identify a re-expression of mathematical information presented in a given representation. 7.4 Reasoning Using Slope Fields 4.D Use appropriate graphing techniques. FUN-7 7.5 Approximating Solutions Using Euler’s Method bc only 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 7.6 Finding General Solutions Using Separation of Variables 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 7.7 Finding Particular Solutions Using Initial Conditions and Separation of Variables 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. 7.8 Exponential Models with Differential Equations 3.G Confirm that solutions are accurate and appropriate. 7.9 Logistic Models with Differential Equations bc only 3.F Explain the meaning of mathematical solutions in context. |
Applications of Integration
|
UNIT TITLE: Applications of Integration |
|
|
College Board Standards: |
|
|
College Board Standards: https://apcentral.collegeboard.org/media/pdf/ap-calculus-ab-and-bc-course-and-exam-description.pdf |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Essential Questions:- How can integrals be used to determine accumulation of change, area, and volume in various contexts? - How does the average value of a function over an interval relate to the accumulation of change over that interval? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
8.1 Finding the Average Value of a Function on an Interval 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. -4CHA 8.2 Connecting Position, Velocity, and Acceleration of Functions Using Integrals 1.D Identify an appropriate mathematical rule or procedure based on the relationship between concepts (e.g., rate of change and accumulation) or processes (e.g., differentiation and its inverse process, anti-differentiation) to solve problems. 8.3 Using Accumulation Functions and Definite Integrals in Applied Contexts 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. 8.4 Finding the Area Between Curves Expressed as Functions of x 4.C Use appropriate mathematical symbols and notation (e.g., Represent a derivative using f x ′ ′ y dy dx ( ), , and ). 8.5 Finding the Area Between Curves Expressed as Functions of y 1.E Apply appropriate mathematical rules or procedures, with and without technology. -5CHA 8.6 Finding the Area Between Curves That Intersect at More Than Two Points 2.B Identify mathematical information from graphical, numerical, analytical, and/or verbal representations. 8.7 Volumes with Cross Sections: Squares and Rectangles 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. 8.8 Volumes with Cross Sections: Triangles and Semicircles 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. 8.9 Volume with Disc Method: Revolving Around the x- or y-Axis 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. continued on next page AP Calculus AB and BC Course and Exam Description Course Framework V.1 | 146 Return to Table of Contents © 2020 College Board Applications of Integration UNIT 8 Enduring Understanding Topic Suggested Skills Class Periods ~19–20 CLASS PERIODS (AB) ~13–14 CLASS PERIODS (BC) 8.10 Volume with Disc Method: Revolving Around Other Axes 2.D Identify how mathematical characteristics or properties of functions are related in different representations. -5CHA 8.11 Volume with Washer Method: Revolving Around the x- or y-Axis 4.E Apply appropriate rounding procedures. 8.12 Volume with Washer Method: Revolving Around Other Axes 2.D Identify how mathematical characteristics or properties of functions are related in different representations. -6CHA 8.13 The Arc Length of a Smooth, Planar Curve and Distance Traveled bc only 3.D Apply an appropriate mathematical definition, theorem, or test. |
AP Statistics
COURSE TITLE: AP Statistics
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is a college-level mathematics course with very high expectations and level of rigor. This course will introduce students to the major concepts and tools for collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data. Students are exposed to four broad conceptual themes: exploring data, planning a study, anticipating patterns, and statistical inference. All students in the course are encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Statistics Exam. Success on this exam could potentially result in earned college credit. A variety of statistical applications will be explored after the Advanced Placement Statistics Examination.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Learning Environment Differentiation :
2. Pacing Differentiation :
3. Feedback Differentiation :
4. Scaffolding :
|
Units
- Exploring Data
- The Normal Distribution
- Examining Relationships
- Examining More with Two-Variable Data
- Producing Data
- Probability: The Study of Randomness
- Random Variables
- Binomial & Geometric Distributions
- Sampling Distributions
- Introduction to Inference
- Inference for Distributions
- Inference for Proportions
- Inference for Tables: Chi-Square Procedures
- Inference for Regression
Exploring Data
|
UNIT TITLE: Exploring Data |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to Exploring Data to Make Conclusions |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
1-1 Displaying Distributions with Graphs -Bar Graphs, Pie Charts, Displaying Quantitative Variables: Dotplots & Stemplots -Center, Shape, Spread, Outlier 1-2 Displaying Quantitative Variables -Histograms -Symmetric, Skewed Right, Skewed Left 1-3 Relative Frequency, Cumulative Frequency, Percentiles, Ogives -Time Plot 1-4 Describing Distributions with Numbers -Mean, Median 1-5 Spread -Q1 and Q3, IQR, Outliers Criterion, Five Number Summary, Modified Boxplot 1-6 Measuring Spread: Standard Deviation -Variance, Standard Deviation (Properties of Stan Dev) -Degrees of Freedom 1-7 Changing the Unit of Measurement -Linear Transformation, Effect of a Linear Transformation |
The Normal Distribution
|
UNIT TITLE: The Normal Distribution |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to utilize the Normal Distribution to Find Probabilities |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
2-1 Density Curves & The Normal Distribution - Density Curve (Mean & Median of) 2-2 Normal Distributions - (68,95,99.7), 2-3 Section Summary 2-4 Standard Normal Calculations - Standardizing & z –scores, Standard Normal Table (Table A), Finding Value given Proportion 2-5 Assessing Normality - By looking at Histogram, Normal Probability Plot |
Examining Relationships
|
UNIT TITLE: Examining Relationships |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to Examine Data between Quantitative Variables |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
3-1 Scatterplots -Explanatory & Response Variables -Form, Direction, & Strength, Outlier, Positively & Negatively Associated 3-2 (Same as 3-1) 3-3 Adding Categorical Variables to Scatterplots -Making Scatterplot in Calculator 3-4 Correlation - r , Using Calculator to find r - , Doesn’t change if Exp & Res change, Need to be Quantitative, Measures strength of Linear Relationship, Not Resistant 3-5 (Same as 3-4) 3-6 Least-Squares Regression -Regression Line, Least-Squares Regression Line (LSRL) (Equation = ) (, ), Using Calculator to construct LSRL, Computer Printout 3-7 The Role of in Regression -Coefficient of Determination, SST & SSE -Distinction between Exp & Res Variables essential in Regression , Connection between Correlation & Slope, LSRL goes through , is the fraction of the variation in the values of y that is explained by the least-squares regression of y on x. 3-8 Residuals (observed – predicted) -Mean of the least-squares residuals is always zero -Residual Plot (Curved Pattern = Not Linear) -Individual Points with Large Residuals vs Individual Points that are Extreme in the x direction -Influential Points vs Outlier 3-9 Using Calculator for Residual Plot |
Examining More with Two-Variable Data
|
UNIT TITLE: Examining More with Two-Variable Data |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to Examine Non- Linear Data |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
4-1 Transforming Relationships -Monotonic Increasing & Decreasing Functions, Concavity of Power Functions 4-2 Exponential Growth & Logarithm Transformation - 4-3 Prediction in the Exponential Growth Model 4-4 Power Law Models -Prediction in Power Law Models, Technology Toolbox 4-5 Section Summary 4-6 Cautions about Correlation & Regression -Extrapolation, Lurking Variables -Using averaged data 4-7 Causation? Common Response & Confounding 4-8 Relations in Categorical Data -Marginal Distributions, Describing Distributions 4-9 Conditional Distributions 4-10 Simpson’s Paradox |
Producing Data
|
UNIT TITLE: Producing Data |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to design samples and collect data |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
5-1 Designing Samples -Observational Study & Experiment, Population vs Sample, Sampling vs Census -Voluntary Response Sample, Convenience Sampling, Bias 5-2 Simple Random Samples -SRS, Random Digits Table & How to Read Table, Probability Sample, Stratified Random Sample (Strata), Multistage Sampling 5-3 Cautions about Sample Surveys -Undercoverage, Nonresponse, Wording of Questions -Inference about Population, Larger Samples Good yet don’t Reduce Bias 5-4 Section Summary -Systematic Random Sample 5-5 Designing Experiments -Experimental Units = Subjects (Humans ) & Treatments -Placebo -Comparative Experiments (Units -> Treatment -> Observe Response) -Placebo Effect, Control Group 5-6 Randomization -Randomization Comparative Experiments “effects of chance will average out” -Principles of Experimental Design (1. Control, 2. Randomize, 3. Replicate) -Statistically significant -Completely Randomized Design 5-7 Cautions about Experimentation -Double Blind , Lack of Realism -Matched Pairs Design, Block Designs 5-8 Section Summary 5-9 Simulating Experiments -Probability Model, Simulation -Independence 5-10 Simulations with Calculator Steps to follow performing simulation |
Probability: The Study of Randomness
|
UNIT TITLE: Probability: The Study of Randomness |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to utilize Theoretical Probability |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
6-1 The Idea of Probability -Predictable Pattern in Long Run, Law of Large Numbers -Randomness & Probability -Independence 6-2 Probability Models -Sample Space, Event, Tree Diagram, Multiplication Principle -Replacement (Without Replacement) 6-3 Probability Rules - Between 0 and 1, Sum of 1, Prob of Event = 1 – Prob of Not, Can add Prob if no overlap - Union, Empty Event, Intersect, Venn Diagrams, Disjoint (Mutually Exclusive) - Probabilities in a Finite Sample Space (must add to 1) - Assigning Probabilities: Equally Likely Outcomes , Benford’s Law 6-4 Independence & Multiplication Rule -Events Independent if P(A and B) = P(A)P(B) -Disjoint events and not independent 6-5 General Probability Rules -Union ( P(A or B or C)) = P(A) + P(B) + P(C) -Uniform Distribution -General Addition Rule for Unions of Two Events (Disjoint or not) - P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B) or -Joint Event, Joint Probability 6-6 Conditional Probability
Definition of Conditional Probability
6-7 Intersection -Tree Diagrams Revisted -Bayes’s Rule -Independence Again -Two events A and B are independent if
|
Random Variables
|
UNIT TITLE: Random Variables |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to Find Means and Standard Deviations of Random Variables |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
7-1 Discrete & Continuous Random Variables -Discrete Random Variables, Probability Distribution, Probability Histograms 7-2 Continuous Random Variables -Uniform Distribution, Probability Distribution -Normal Distributions as Probability Distributions 7-3 Means & Variances of Random Variables -The Mean of a Random Variable -Mean (), Expected Value -The Variance of a Random Variable -Variance (), Standard Deviation () 7-4 Statistical Estimation & Law of Large Numbers -Law of Large Numbers, (Law of Small Numbers) 7-5 Rules for Means - (, ) Rules for Variances - Independence , (Dependent = Correlation) - (, ) Addition Rule for Variances of Independent Random Variables - () Combining Normal Random Variables - Any Linear Combination of Independent Normal Random Variables is also Normally Distributed |
Binomial & Geometric Distributions
|
UNIT TITLE: Binomial & Geometric Distributions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to calculate probabilities of Binomial & Geometric Distributions |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
8-1 The Binomial Distributions (Binomial Setting) -Success or Failure, Fixed number of observations, Independent, Probability of Success is Constant -Binomial Random Variable , Binomial Distribution (n = # of observations, p = prob of succ) -Finding Binomial Probabilities (binompdf (n,p,x) ( x = specific # of successes) - (binomcdf (n,p,x) (x = at most that many successes) 8-2 Binomial Formulas -Binomial Coefficient ( number of ways of arranging k successes in n observations) -Binomial Probability (n observations, p = prob on each, k successes) 8-3 Binomial Mean & Standard Deviation -, Standard Deviation -The Normal Approximation to Binomial Distributions () Rule of Thumb: Need to satisfy
8-4 Binomial Distribution with the Calculator -Simulating Binomial Experiments 8-5 The Geometric Distributions -Success or Failure, Prob of Success Constant, Independent, Number of Trials until First Success -Prob of Success on nth trial 8-6 Expected Value and Other Properties of the Geometric Random Variable -Mean -The probability that it takes more than n trials to see the first success is: -Simulating Geometric Experiments |
Sampling Distributions
|
UNIT TITLE: Sampling Distributions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How the properties of Sampling Distributions help us find probabilities of Samples |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
9-1 Sampling Distributions -Parameter – Statistic ( and ), -Sampling Variability , Sampling Distribution 9-2 Describing Sampling Distributions -Shape, Center, Spread, Outliers -Bias of a Statistic (Unbiased if Mean of Sampling Dist = True Value of the Parameter) -Variability of a Statistic (Spread determined by Sampling Design and Size of Sample) -Larger samples give smaller spread -Bias & Variability 9-3 Section Summary 9-4 Sampling Proportions -Sampling Distribution of a Sample Proportion (Mean = , Standard Dev = ) -Rule of Thumb 1 () for using Standard Dev -Rule of Thumb 2 () for using Normal Appoximation 9-5 Section Summary 9-6 Sample Means -Sampling Distribution of Sample Means ( Mean = , and Standard Dev is ) -Sampling Distribution of a Sample Mean from a Normal Population ( ) 9-7 Central Limit Theorem - If n is large enough, Sampling Dist of Sample Mean is close to |
Introduction to Inference
|
UNIT TITLE: Introduction to Inference |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to come to conclusions using inference via Confidence Intervals and Tests of Significance |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
10-1 Estimating with Confidence -Statistical Confidence (Confidence Interval = Estimate Margin of Error) 10-2 Confidence Interval for a Population Mean -Conditions (SRS from pop or interest, Samp Dist of is approx normal) -Critical Values ( ) 10-3 How Confidence Intervals Behave -Effects of changing values on C.I. -Choosing the Sample Size needed for desired C.I. or Margin of Error ( ) 10-4 Section Summary 10-5 Tests of Significance -Significance Test, Null Hypothesis, Alternative Hypothesis, P-Value, Statistically Significant
10-6 Stating Hypotheses -Null Hypothesis (One-Sided, Two-Sided Alternative) -P-value (Smaller P-Value, the stronger the evidence against ) -Statistically Significant at level (Significance Level) 10-7 Tests for Population Mean -Inference Toolbox (Identify the Pop of Int, Choose Inference Proc, Conditions met so carry out proc (Calculate the test statistic, Find P-Value, Interpret Results in Context) -One Sample z Statistic -z Test for a Population Mean 10-8 Test with Fixed Significance Level -One Sided Alternative :
-Two Sided Alternative:
-Confidence Intervals & Two Sided Tests (A level two-sided significance tests rejects a hypothesis exactly when the value falls outside a level 1- confidence interval for ) 10-9 Section Summary 10-10 Making Sense of Statistical Significance -Choosing a level of significance (Statistical Significance and Practical Significance) -Statistical inference is Not valid for all sets of data. (Hawthorne Effect) -Beware of Multiple Analyses 10-11 Section Summary 10-12 Inference as Decision -Type I & Type II Errors (If we reject when in fact is true, this is a Type I Error) (If we accept when in fact is true, this is Type II Error) -Error Probabilities -Significance and Type I Error (The significance level of any fixed level test is the probability of a Type I Error) 10-13 Power -The probability that a fixed level significance test will reject when a particular alternative value of the parameter is true is called the Power of the test against the alternative. -The power of a test against any alternative is 1 minus the probability of a Type II Error for that alternative. Increasing The Power (Increase , Consider alternative that is farther away from , Increase sample size, Decrease ) 10-14 Different Views of Statistical Tests -Testing Hypotheses |
Inference for Distributions
|
UNIT TITLE: Inference for Distributions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do t-Distributions work? Two Sample Confidence Intervals and Significance Tests for Means |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
11-1 Inference for the Mean of a Population -Conditions (SRS, Normal Distribution) -Standard Error - when we use s in place of t – distributions (Degrees of Freedom) 11-2 t Confidence Intervals & Tests -One Sample t Procedures: , where is the upper (1-C)/2 critical value for the t (n – 1) Distribution
11-3 Matched pairs t Procedures -Matched Pairs Design (Apply the one-sample t procedures to the observed differences) 11-4 Robustness of t Procedures -Robust = if the confidence level or P-value does not change very much when the assumptions of the procedure are violated (Likeprocedures are strongly influenced by outliers) -Using t Procedures (the assumption of SRS is more important than assumption of pop being normal) -Sample Size < 15 (Check specific data to see if close to normal, if so can use t Procedures) -Sample Size at least 15 (t Procedures can be used except for outliers or strong skewness) -Large Samples (t Procedures can be used even for clearly skewed distributions…..n40) -The Power of the t Test 11-5 Section Summary 11-6 Comparing Two Means -Two-Sample Problems (Compare responses to two treatments, separate sample for each treatment) -Conditions for Comparing Two Means (Two SRSs, Samples Independent (Matching violates Independence), Both Pop are Normally Dist) 11-7 The Sampling Distribution of -The mean is , Variance is , If two populations are normal, dist of is normal) -Two-Sample z Statistic:
-Two-Sample t Statistic:
-Two-Sample t Statistic Procedures: -Draw SRS from two normal populations; C.I. = -To test the hypothesis , compute the two-sample t statistic -Robustness Again (two-sample t procedures are more robust than one-sample t methods) 11-8 More accurate levels in the t Procedures
11-9 Pooled two-sample t Procedure |
Inference for Proportions
|
UNIT TITLE: Inference for Proportions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do Confidence Intervals and Tests of Significance Tests work for Proportions |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
12-1 Inference for a Population Proportion
Sample Proportion:
Conditions for Inference: SRS from Pop of Interest, , ( is an unbiased estimator of p, Standard Dev of is )
12-2 Confidence Interval :
(where is the upper (1-C)/2 ) 12-3 Sample Size for Desired Margin of Error
(The margin of error will be less than or equal to m if you take the to be 0.5 )
12-4 Comparing Two Proportions Sampling Distribution of Mean: Stand Dev:
Confidence Intervals for C.I. =
12-5 Significance Tests for
-Pooled Sample Proportion
- |
Inference for Tables: Chi-Square Procedures
|
UNIT TITLE: Inference for Tables: Chi-Square Procedures |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do Chi-Square Tests work |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
13-1 Test for Goodness of Fit (to determine whether a population has a certain hypothesized distribution) -Chi-Square Test for Goodness of Fit Chi-Square Statistic -Properties: Only positive values and skewed right, specified by degrees of freedom (n -1), total area under a chi-square curve = 1, as degrees of freedom increase the curve becomes more symmetrical and normal -Conditions: All expected counts are at least 1 and no more than 20% of the expected counts are < 5 13-2 Technology Toolbox 13-3 Inference for Two-Way Tables -Comparing Multiple Comparisons () -Expected Count in any cell of a two-way table when is true is:
13-4 Chi-Square Test for Homogeneity of Populations - Chi-Square Statistic (The sum is over all r x c cells in the table) -Conditions: Select independent SRSs from each of c populations. the distribution of the response variable is the same in all c populations the distribution are not all the same -Degrees of Freedom (r-1)(c-1) -P-value is the area to the right of under the curve with df 13-5 The chi-square test of Association / Independence (assesses whether an observed association is statistically significant) - There is no association between two categorical variables - There is an association between two categorical variables -Computing Conditional Distributions -Computing Expected Cell Counts Performing the test 13-6 The Chi-Square test and the Z test (same for a 2 x 2 table and a two proportion z test) |
Inference for Regression
|
UNIT TITLE: Inference for Regression |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How to do Tests of Significance for Regression |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
14-1 Inference About the Model -Conditions: -For any fixed value of x, the response y varies according to a normal distribution. Repeated responses y are independent of each other. -The mean response has a straight line relationship with x ; The slope and intercept are unknown parameters. -The standard deviation of y (call it ) is the same for all values of x. The value of is unknown.
-The slope b of the least-squares line is an unbiased estimator of the true slope , and the interceptof the least-squares line is an unbiased estimator of the true intercept
-The Standard Error about the line is:
Use s to estimate the unknown in the regression model
- n – 2 degrees of freedom 14-2 Confidence Intervals for the Regression Slope -The confidence interval for of the true regression line is: - In this formula, the standard error of the least-squares slope b is and is the upper (1-C) / 2 critical value from the t distribution with n-2 degrees of freedom. -Testing the Hypothesis of No Linear Relationship , compute the t statistic 14-3 Predictions & Conditions -A level C confidence interval for the mean response when x takes the value is : -The standard error is: -A level C prediction interval for a single observation on y when x takes the value is:
-In both situations, is the upper (1-C) / 2 critical value from the t distribution with n-2 degrees of freedom.
-Checking the Regression Conditions -The observations are independent, The True relationship is Linear, The standard deviation of the response about the true line is the same everywhere, The response varies normally about the true regression line.
|
Precalculus Honors
COURSE TITLE: Precalculus Honors
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an intensive honors college preparatory course, designed to provide students with an in-depth study in advanced skills required to be successful in a college-level Calculus course, AP Calculus AB, or AP Calculus BC. Major emphasis is placed on the study and understanding of topics at a deep and conceptual level. Topics include analytical geometry, continuous and discontinuous functions and their graphs, conics, circular and exponential functions, sequences and series, polar coordinates, and limits. Additional honors topics include, but are not limited to: matrices, parametric equations, mathematical induction, and an introduction to differential calculus. This course requires the use of a graphing calculator and culminates in a local final examination in June.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation :
2. Process Differentiation :
3. Product Differentiation :
4. Learning Environment Differentiation :
5. Pacing Differentiation :
6. Interest-Based Differentiation :
7. Feedback Differentiation :
8. Scaffolding :
|
Units
- Functions
- Optimization
- Limits
- Basic Derivatives
- Derivatives of Transcendental Functions
- Applications of Derivatives
- Partial Fraction Decomposition
- Polar Functions
- Parametric Functions
- Infinite Series
Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding the Concept of a Function
2. Representing Functions in Multiple Ways
3. Types of Functions
4. Inverses of Functions
5. Advanced Problem-Solving and Analysis
|
Optimization
|
UNIT TITLE: Optimization |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Optimization Concepts
2. Modeling and Solving Optimization Problems
3. Applications of Optimization
4. Advanced Problem-Solving
5. Honors-Level Rigor and Extensions
|
Limits
|
UNIT TITLE: Limits |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding the Concept of Limits
2. Evaluating Limits
3. Special Limit Techniques
4. Limits at Infinity and Infinite Limits
5. Continuity and Discontinuity
6. Honors-Level Rigor and Extensions
7. Applications of Limits
|
Basic Derivatives
|
UNIT TITLE: Basic Derivatives |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding the Concept of the Derivative
2. Computing Derivatives
3. Graphical and Numerical Interpretation
4. Applications of Derivatives
5. Honors-Level Rigor and Connections
|
Derivatives of Transcendental Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Derivatives of Transcendental Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Transcendental Functions
2. Differentiating Exponential Functions
3. Differentiating Logarithmic Functions
4. Differentiating Trigonometric Functions
5. Differentiating Inverse Trigonometric Functions
6. Application of Derivatives of Transcendental Functions
7. Honors-Level Rigor and Extensions
|
Applications of Derivatives
|
UNIT TITLE: Applications of Derivatives |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Rates of Change
2. Solving Optimization Problems
3. Related Rates
4. Analyzing Critical and Inflection Points
5. Applications in Physics and Motion
6. Real-World Problem Solving
|
Partial Fraction Decomposition
|
UNIT TITLE: Partial Fraction Decomposition |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Partial Fraction Decomposition
2. Decomposing Rational Functions
3. Solving for Constants in Partial Fractions
4. Algebraic Manipulation and Simplification
|
Polar Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Polar Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Polar Coordinates
2. Graphing Polar Equations
3. Analyzing Polar Functions
4. Converting Between Polar and Cartesian Coordinates
5. Applications of Polar Coordinates
7. Advanced Topics and Extensions
|
Parametric Functions
|
UNIT TITLE: Parametric Functions |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Parametric Equations
2. Graphing Parametric Equations
3. Converting Between Parametric and Cartesian Forms
4. Derivatives and Rates of Change for Parametric Equations
5. Applications of Parametric Equations
6. Understanding and Analyzing Parametric Curves
7. Real-World Problem Solving Using Parametric Functions
|
Infinite Series
|
UNIT TITLE: Infinite Series |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
Guiding Questions
Essential Questions
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
1. Understanding Infinite Series
2. Convergence Tests for Infinite Series
3. Summing Convergent Series
4. Power Series and Taylor Series
5. Applications of Infinite Series
6. Interpretation and Problem Solving
|
Quantitative Geometry
COURSE TITLE: Quantitative Geometry
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Quantitative Geometry is a year-long course that is aligned with the New York Common Core Learning Standards and includes a focus on topics such as constructions and congruence proofs, trigonometry and similarity proofs, coordinate geometry, circles, 3-D shapes and applications in probability with a lessened emphasis on reasoning and proof. Students registering for this course should have successfully completed Algebra 1 or Algebra 1B and have passed the Algebra 1 Regents Examination. The course requires the use of a graphing calculator and culminates with the administration of a local final exam in June. (1 unit)
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
Forms of Assessments: |
|
|
Methods of Formative Assessments:
Methods of Summative Assessments:
|
|
|
Methods of Differentiation/Extensions/Accommodations: |
|
|
1. Content Differentiation:
2. Process Differentiation:
3. Product Differentiation:
4. Learning Environment Differentiation:
5. Interest-Based Differentiation:
6. Feedback Differentiation:
7. Scaffolding:
|
Units
- Foundations of Geometry
- Coordinate Geometry
- Constructions and Measurement
- Properties of Triangles
- Similarity
- Similar Triangle Proofs
- Transformations
- Right Triangle Trigonometry
- Circles
- Coordinate Geometry Proofs
Foundations of Geometry
|
UNIT TITLE: Foundations of Geometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
01-01 Geometry Terms I
01-02 Geometry Terms II
01-03 Midpoint and Bisector
01-04 Angle Relationships
01-05 Parallel Lines
01-06 Parallel Lines II
|
Coordinate Geometry
|
UNIT TITLE: Coordinate Geometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
02-01 Slope
02-02 Slope-Intercept Form
02-03 Point-Slope Form
02-04 Write the equation of a line
02-05 Writing the equation of parallel or perpendicular lines
02-06 Midpoint
02-07 Distance
|
Constructions and Measurement
|
UNIT TITLE: Constructions and Measurement |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
03-01 Ruler
03-02 Protractor
03-03 Copy a Segment
03-04 Copy an Angle
03-05 Bisect a Segment
03-06 Bisect an Angle
03-07 Perpendicular Lines
03-08 Parallel Lines
03-09 Polygons in a circle
|
Properties of Triangles
|
UNIT TITLE: Properties of Triangles |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
04-01a Classifying Triangles
04-01b Practice with Classifying Triangles
04-02a Triangle Angle Theorems
04-02b Extra Practice with Angles
04-03a Triangle Side Theorems
04-03b Practice with Sides
|
Similarity
|
UNIT TITLE: Similarity |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
05-01 Similarity, Proportions, Correspondence
05-02 Dilation / Scale Factor
05-03 Scale Factor on the Coordinate Plane
05-04 Similar Triangles
05-05 Angle Bisector Theorem
05-06 Overlapping Triangles & Mid-Segment Theorem
05-07 Applications of Similar Triangles
|
Similar Triangle Proofs
|
UNIT TITLE: Similar Triangle Proofs |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
06-01 Introduction to Proofs and Theorems
06-02 Intro to Proof Drawing Conclusions
06-03 Methods of Proving Triangles Similar
06-04 Proofs with Reflexive & Vertical Angles
06-05 Proofs with Parallel Lines
06-06 Similar Triangle Proofs
|
Transformations
|
UNIT TITLE: Transformations |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
07-01 The Coordinate Plane & Transformations
07-02 Translations
07-03 Reflections
07-04 Rotations
07-05 Dilations
07-06 Symmetry
07-07 Composition of Transformations
|
Right Triangle Trigonometry
|
UNIT TITLE: Right Triangle Trigonometry |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
09-01 Introduction to Trigonometry
09-02 Solve for Missing Sides
09-03 Solve for Missing Angles
09-04 Trig Applications Day 1
09-05 Trig Applications Day 2
|
Circles
|
UNIT TITLE: Circles |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
10-01 Circles Vocabulary
10-02 Central, Inscribed, & Floating Angles
10-03 Exterior Angles
10-04 Angle-Arc Shortcuts
10-05 Lengths of Chord and Secant Segments
10-06 Lengths of Secants and Tangents
10-07 Arc and Chord Relationships
10-08 Radius-Chord Relationships
|
Coordinate Geometry Proofs
|
UNIT TITLE: Coordinate Geometry Proofs |
|
|
NYS Standards: |
|
|
NYS Math Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 125-138) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
12-01 Properties of Quadrilaterals
12-02 Proving Parallelograms and Rectangles
12-03 Proving Rhombi and Squares
12-04 Proving Trapezoids
12-05 Proving Triangles
|
Precalculus
Algebra 2 & Trigonometry
Algebra 2 and Trigonometry Honors
Science & Technology
The Science and Technology Department believes that by fostering an understanding of STEM concepts and skills we will enable our students to hold the key to the future. Our program challenges students to build a strong foundation in science and engineering through our middle school program while our high school program offers an impressive suite of courses to continue their learning through core and elective courses, advanced courses, and college credit-bearing 4-course Engineering program.
We are committed to designing student experiences in science and engineering that leverage a student's own innate curiosity and fascination with the world around them and draws on their individual interests, strengths, and learning styles. Students need to understand science not only to open up doors to potential careers but to navigate the world in which we live.
Middle School
- Grade 6
- Grade 7
- Grade 8: Earth Science Regents
- Technology: Design and Modeling
- Technology: Automation and Robotics
Grade 6
COURSE TITLE: 6th grade science
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to spark curiosity and foster a love for scientific exploration. Students will engage in hands-on activities, experiments, and collaborative projects that cover key scientific concepts in space and physical science. Students will not only have a solid foundation in scientific principles but also an appreciation for the natural world around them.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
Units
- Introduction to the Scientific Method: Thinking and Working like a Scientist
- Gravity
- Formation of the Universe & Solar System
- Lunar Phases
- Matter
- Energy
- Forces and Motion
Introduction to the Scientific Method: Thinking and Working like a Scientist
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 30 -37) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
The Nature of Science
Experimental Design and Variables
Data and Scientific Models
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
The Nature of Science
The Scientific Method
Experimental Design and Variables
Data and Scientific Models
|
Gravity
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 30 - 37 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Definition of Gravity
Gravity and Distance
Gravity and Mass
Gravity and Weight
|
Formation of the Universe & Solar System
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 30 - 37 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Big Bang Theory
Planets
Space Rocks (Asteroids & Comets)
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
Big Bang Theory
Planets
Space Rocks (Asteroids & Comets)
|
Lunar Phases
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 30 - 37 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Earth, Sun, and Moon System
Space Exploration
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
Earth, Sun, and Moon System
Space Exploration
|
Matter
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 30-37 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Properties of Matter
Changes in Matter
Heat and Matter
Mixtures
Density
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
Properties of Matter
Heat and Matter
Mixtures
Density
|
Energy
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 30-37) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Matter and Energy
Sound
Light
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
Matter and Energy
Sound
Light
|
Forces and Motion
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (CORE CONTENT: Pages 30 - 37) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
Basics of Force
Effects of Force
Newton’s Laws of Motion
Motion and Its Analysis
Real-World Applications of Force and Motion
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
Basics of Force
Effects of Force
Newton’s Laws of Motion
Motion and Its Analysis
Real-World Applications of Force and Motion
|
Forms of Assessments
Methods of Formative Assessments:
- Observations during in-class activities; of students nonverbal feedback during lecture
- Question and answer sessions, both formal—planned and informal—spontaneous
- In-class activities where students informally present their results
- Student feedback collected by periodically answering specific question about the instruction and their self-evaluation of performance and progress
Methods of Summative Assessments:
- Projects (project phases submitted at various completion points could be formatively assessed)
- Unified Arts Folder / Portfolio
- Presentations
- Student evaluation / Conclusion Questions
Methods of Differentiation
Content Differentiation
- Varied Reading Materials: Providing texts at different reading levels or with varying complexity.
- Learning Centers: Creating stations with different activities or materials that cater to various learning preferences.
Process Differentiation
- Flexible Grouping: Organizing students into groups based on their skill levels, interests, or learning styles.
- Tiered Assignments: Designing assignments with varying levels of difficulty or complexity to challenge students appropriately.
Product Differentiation
- Choice Boards: Allowing students to choose how they demonstrate their understanding (e.g., presentation, poster, essay).
- Varied Assessment Methods: Using different forms of assessment (quizzes, projects, oral presentations) to gauge understanding.
Learning Environment Differentiation
- Flexible Seating Arrangements: Offering various seating options to cater to students' comfort and learning preferences.
- Use of Technology: Incorporating digital tools that can provide personalized learning experiences.
Pacing Differentiation
- Individualized Learning Plans: Setting personalized goals and timelines for students based on their readiness.
- Acceleration Opportunities: Providing advanced materials or tasks for students who grasp concepts quickly.
Interest-Based Differentiation
- Thematic Units: Designing units around themes that interest students to enhance engagement.
- Independent Study Projects: Allowing students to explore topics of interest in greater depth.
Feedback Differentiation
- Individualized Feedback: Offering tailored feedback that addresses specific student needs and strengths.
- Self-Assessment and Reflection: Encouraging students to evaluate their own work and set personal learning goals.
Scaffolding
- Step-by-Step Instructions: Breaking tasks into manageable parts and providing guidance as needed.
- Graphic Organizers: Using visual aids to help students organize information and ideas.
Grade 7
COURSE TITLE: 7th Grade Science
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Life Science is the study of how living things function and how they interact with one another and their environment. This course focuses on the following topics: the characteristics and diversity of life; the structure and functioning of cells, the basic building blocks of all organisms; the structure and functioning of body systems and their ability to help an organism maintain homeostasis; the interdependence of all organisms and their environment, including the flow of energy through an ecosystem; the transfer of heritable characteristics from one generation to the next; and how natural selection and adaptations help create biodiversity. In order to internalize these life science concepts, 7th grade Life Science teachers use multimodal approaches to differentiate instruction, spark curiosity, and develop scientific skills.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
|
|
|
|
Units
- Foundations of Life Science
- Ecology
- Biochemistry
- Cells
- Heredity and Evolution
- Systems of the Human Body
Foundations of Life Science
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (Pages 38-45) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
What constitutes something as “alive”? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Define Life and Characteristics of Living Organisms
Cellular Organization
Homeostasis
Metabolism and Energy Use
Growth and Development
Response to Stimuli
|
Ecology
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (38 - 45) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How does the vast diversity of life contribute to a balanced ecosystem? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
Introduction to Ecology
Energy Flow in Ecosystems
Population Dynamics
Cycles in Nature
|
Biochemistry
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (38 - 45) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How does the structure of the atom create all matter? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Understanding Atomic Structure & Properties
The Concept of Conservation of Matter
Understand the Basics of Biochemistry
|
Cells
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (Pages 38 - 45) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do cells carry out the basic functions of life? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Identify the basic structure of plant and animal cells.
Cell Processes
Cell Division
Use microscopes to observe cells and cell structures.
|
Heredity and Evolution
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (Pages 38-45) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do inheritance and natural selection contribute to the vast diversity of life? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
Understand basic principles of heredity
Explain dominant and recessive traits
Understand genotype vs. phenotype
Explore the concept of mutations and their role in evolution
Understand the theory of evolution and analyze evidence
|
Systems of the Human Body
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (Pages 38-45) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
How do organ systems work together to maintain homeostasis? |
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
Overview of Human Body Systems
Integumentary System
Skeletal System
Muscular System
Circulatory System
Respiratory System
Digestive System
Excretory/Urinary System
Nervous System
Endocrine System
Immune System
Interdependence of Body Systems
|
Forms of Assessments
Methods of Formative Assessments:
- Observations during in-class activities; of students nonverbal feedback during lecture
- Question and answer sessions, both formal—planned and informal—spontaneous
- In-class activities where students informally present their results
- Student feedback collected by periodically answering specific question about the instruction and their self-evaluation of performance and progress
Methods of Summative Assessments:
- Projects (project phases submitted at various completion points could be formatively assessed)
- Unified Arts Folder / Portfolio
- Presentations
- Student evaluation / Conclusion Questions
Methods of Differentiation
1. Content Differentiation:
- Varied Reading Materials : Providing texts at different reading levels or with varying complexity.
- Learning Centers : Creating stations with different activities or materials that cater to various learning preferences.
2. Process Differentiation:
- Flexible Grouping: Organizing students into groups based on their skill levels, interests, or learning styles.
- Tiered Assignments : Designing assignments with varying levels of difficulty or complexity to challenge students appropriately.
3. Product Differentiation:
- Choice Boards : Allowing students to choose how they demonstrate their understanding (e.g., presentation, poster, essay).
- Varied Assessment Methods : Using different forms of assessment (quizzes, projects, oral presentations) to gauge understanding.
4. Learning Environment Differentiation:
- Flexible Seating Arrangements : Offering various seating options to cater to students' comfort and learning preferences.
- Use of Technology : Incorporating digital tools that can provide personalized learning experiences.
5. Pacing Differentiation:
- Individualized Learning Plans : Setting personalized goals and timelines for students based on their readiness.
- Acceleration Opportunities : Providing advanced materials or tasks for students who grasp concepts quickly.
6. Interest-Based Differentiation:
- Thematic Units : Designing units around themes that interest students to enhance engagement.
- Independent Study Projects : Allowing students to explore topics of interest in greater depth.
7. Feedback Differentiation:
- Individualized Feedback : Offering tailored feedback that addresses specific student needs and strengths.
- Self-Assessment and Reflection : Encouraging students to evaluate their own work and set personal learning goals.
8. Scaffolding:
- Step-by-Step Instructions : Breaking tasks into manageable parts and providing guidance as needed.
- Graphic Organizers : Using visual aids to help students organize information and ideas.
Grade 8: Earth Science Regents
COURSE TITLE: Regents Earth Science
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The study of earth science incorporates several disciplines including geology, astronomy, meteorology, and oceanography. The students will investigate and discuss relevant topics in earth science while using hands-on experiments in the lab to complement our class work. Some of these lab experiences include the use of our school planetarium, creating river systems in stream tables, observing and recording weather data, identifying rocks and minerals, and calculating the epicenter of an earthquake.
|
MP1 Units: |
MP2 Units: |
MP3 Units: |
MP4 Units: |
Units
- Meteorology
- Climate
- Plate Tectonics
- Rocks and Minerals
- Surface Processes
- Geologic History
- Mapping
- Astronomy
Meteorology
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (Pages 73-83 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
Atmospheric Temperature, Pressure, and Density
Atmospheric Variable Measurements
Pressure Gradient and Wind
Planetary Winds: General Circulation of the Air in the Troposphere
Atmospheric Moisture
Air Masses and Fronts
Storm Tracking and Severe Weather
Weather Mapping, Prediction, and Probability
|
Climate
|
NYS Science Learning Standards (Pages 73-83 ) |
|
|
Guiding Questions/Essential Questions: |
|
|
|
|
Unit Topics with Learning Objectives: |
|
|
The Water Cycle
|
